--- /dev/null
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+# Build and install postgres.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+# $Header$
+#
+# NOTES
+# objdir - location of the objects and generated files (eg. obj)
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SUBDIR= backend libpq bin
+
+FIND = find
+# assuming gnu tar and split here
+TAR = tar
+SPLIT = split
+
+ETAGS = etags
+XARGS = xargs
+
+ifeq ($(USE_TCL), true)
+SUBDIR += libpgtcl
+endif
+
+include mk/postgres.subdir.mk
+
+TAGS:
+ rm -f TAGS; \
+ for i in backend libpq bin; do \
+ $(FIND) $$i -name '*.[chyl]' -print | $(XARGS) $(ETAGS) -a ; \
+ done
+
+# target to generate a backup tar file and split files that can be
+# saved to 1.44M floppy
+BACKUP:
+ rm -f BACKUP.filelist BACKUP.tgz; \
+ $(FIND) . -not -path '*obj/*' -not -path '*data/*' -type f -print > BACKUP.filelist; \
+ $(TAR) --files-from BACKUP.filelist -c -z -v -f BACKUP.tgz
+ $(SPLIT) --bytes=1400k BACKUP.tgz pgBACKUP.
+
+.PHONY: TAGS
+.PHONY: BACKUP
--- /dev/null
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.global--
+# global configuration for the Makefiles
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+# $Header$
+#
+# NOTES
+# This is seen by any Makefiles that include mk/postgres.mk. To
+# override the default setting, create a Makefile.custom in this
+# directory and put your defines there. (Makefile.custom is included
+# at the end of this file.)
+#
+# If you change any of these defines you probably have to
+# gmake clean; gmake
+# since no dependecies are created for these. (of course you can
+# be crafty and check what files really depend on them and just remake
+# those).
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+##############################################################################
+#
+# CONFIGURATION SECTION
+#
+# Following are settings pertaining to the postgres build and
+# installation. The most important one is obviously the name
+# of the port.
+
+# The name of the port. Valid choices are:
+# alpha - DEC Alpha AXP on OSF/1 2.0
+# hpux - HP PA-RISC on HP-UX 9.0
+# sparc_solaris - SUN SPARC on Solaris 2.4
+# sparc - SUN SPARC on SunOS 4.1.3
+# ultrix4 - DEC MIPS on Ultrix 4.4
+# linux - Intel x86 on Linux 1.2 and Linux ELF
+# (For non-ELF Linux, you need to comment out
+# "LINUX_ELF=1" in src/mk/port/postgres.mk.linux)
+# BSD44_derived - OSs derived from 4.4-lite BSD (NetBSD, FreeBSD)
+# bsdi - BSD/OS 2.0 and 2.01
+# aix - IBM on AIX 3.2.5
+# irix5 - SGI MIPS on IRIX 5.3
+# Some hooks are provided for
+# svr4 - Intel x86 on Intel SVR4
+# next - Motorola MC68K or Intel x86 on NeXTSTEP 3.2
+# but these are guaranteed not to work as of yet.
+#
+# XXX Note that you MUST set PORTNAME here (or on the command line) so
+# that port-dependent variables are correctly set within this file.
+# Makefile.custom does not take effect (for ifeq purposes)
+# until after this file is processed!
+# make sure that you have no whitespaces after the PORTNAME setting
+# or the makefiles can get confused
+PORTNAME= alpha
+
+# POSTGRESLOGIN is the login name of the user who gets special
+# privileges within the database. By default it is "postgres", but
+# you can change it to any existing login name (such as your own
+# login if you are compiling a private version or don't have root
+# access).
+POSTGRESLOGIN= postgres
+
+# For convenience, POSTGRESDIR is where DATADIR, BINDIR, and LIBDIR
+# and other target destinations are rooted. Of course, each of these is
+# changable separately.
+POSTGRESDIR= /private/postgres95
+
+# SRCDIR specifies where the source files are.
+SRCDIR= $(POSTGRESDIR)/src
+
+# DATADIR specifies where the postmaster expects to find its database.
+# This may be overridden by command line options or the PGDATA environment
+# variable.
+DATADIR= $(POSTGRESDIR)/data
+
+# Where the postgres executables live (changeable by just putting them
+# somewhere else and putting that directory in your shell PATH)
+BINDIR= $(POSTGRESDIR)/bin
+
+# Where libpq.a gets installed. You must put it where your loader will
+# look for it if you wish to use the -lpq convention. Otherwise you
+# can just put the absolute pathname to the library at the end of your
+# command line.
+LIBDIR= $(POSTGRESDIR)/lib
+
+# This is the directory where IPC utilities ipcs and ipcrm are located
+#
+IPCSDIR= /usr/bin
+
+# Where the man pages (suitable for use with "man") get installed.
+POSTMANDIR= $(POSTGRESDIR)/man
+
+# Where the formatted documents (e.g., the reference manual) get installed.
+POSTDOCDIR= $(POSTGRESDIR)/doc
+
+# Where the header files necessary to build frontend programs get installed.
+HEADERDIR= $(POSTGRESDIR)/include
+
+# NAMEDATALEN is the max length for system identifiers (e.g. table names,
+# attribute names, function names, etc.)
+#
+# These MUST be set here. DO NOT COMMENT THESE OUT
+# Setting these too high will result in excess space usage for system catalogs
+# Setting them too low will make the system unusable.
+# values between 16 and 64 that are multiples of four are recommended.
+#
+# NOTE also that databases with different NAMEDATALEN's cannot interoperate!
+#
+NAMEDATALEN = 32
+# OIDNAMELEN should be set to NAMEDATALEN + sizeof(Oid)
+OIDNAMELEN = 36
+
+CFLAGS+= -DNAMEDATALEN=$(NAMEDATALEN) -DOIDNAMELEN=$(OIDNAMELEN)
+
+##############################################################################
+#
+# FEATURES
+#
+# To disable a feature, comment out the entire definition
+# (that is, prepend '#', don't set it to "0" or "no").
+
+# Comment out ENFORCE_ALIGNMENT if you do NOT want unaligned access to
+# multi-byte types to generate a bus error.
+ENFORCE_ALIGNMENT= true
+
+# Comment out CDEBUG to turn off debugging and sanity-checking.
+#
+# XXX on MIPS, use -g3 if you want to compile with -O
+CDEBUG= -g
+
+# turn this on if you prefer European style dates instead of American
+# style dates
+# EUROPEAN_DATES = 1
+
+# Comment out PROFILE to disable profiling.
+#
+# XXX define on MIPS if you want to be able to use pixie.
+# note that this disables dynamic loading!
+#PROFILE= -p -non_shared
+
+# About the use of readline in psql:
+# psql does not require the GNU readline and history libraries. Hence, we
+# do not compile with them by default. However, there are hooks in the
+# program which supports the use of GNU readline and history. Should you
+# decide to use them, change USE_READLINE to true and change READLINE_INCDIR
+# and READLINE_LIBDIR to reflect the location of the readline and histroy
+# headers and libraries.
+#
+#USE_READLINE= true
+
+# directories for the readline and history libraries.
+READLINE_INCDIR= /usr/local/include
+HISTORY_INCDIR= /usr/local/include
+READLINE_LIBDIR= /usr/local/lib
+HISTORY_LIBDIR= /usr/local/lib
+
+# If you do not plan to use Host based authentication,
+# comment out the following line
+HBA = 1
+
+ifdef HBA
+HBAFLAGS= -DHBA
+endif
+
+
+
+# If you plan to use Kerberos for authentication...
+#
+# Comment out KRBVERS if you do not use Kerberos.
+# Set KRBVERS to "4" for Kerberos v4, "5" for Kerberos v5.
+# XXX Edit the default Kerberos variables below!
+#
+#KRBVERS= 5
+
+
+# Globally pass Kerberos file locations.
+# these are used in the postmaster and all libpq applications.
+#
+# Adjust KRBINCS and KRBLIBS to reflect where you have Kerberos
+# include files and libraries installed.
+# PG_KRB_SRVNAM is the name under which POSTGRES is registered in
+# the Kerberos database (KDC).
+# PG_KRB_SRVTAB is the location of the server's keytab file.
+#
+ifdef KRBVERS
+KRBINCS= -I/usr/athena/include
+KRBLIBS= -L/usr/athena/lib
+KRBFLAGS+= $(KRBINCS) -DPG_KRB_SRVNAM='"postgres_dbms"'
+ ifeq ($(KRBVERS), 4)
+KRBFLAGS+= -DKRB4
+KRBFLAGS+= -DPG_KRB_SRVTAB='"/etc/srvtab"'
+KRBLIBS+= -lkrb -ldes
+ else
+ ifeq ($(KRBVERS), 5)
+KRBFLAGS+= -DKRB5
+KRBFLAGS+= -DPG_KRB_SRVTAB='"FILE:/krb5/srvtab.postgres"'
+KRBLIBS+= -lkrb5 -lcrypto -lcom_err -lisode
+ endif
+ endif
+endif
+
+#
+# location of Tcl/Tk headers and libraries
+#
+# Uncomment this to build the tcl utilities.
+USE_TCL= true
+# customize these to your site's needs
+#
+TCL_INCDIR= /usr/local/devel/tcl7.4/include
+TCL_LIBDIR= /usr/local/devel/tcl7.4/lib
+TCL_LIB = -ltcl7.4
+TK_INCDIR= /usr/local/devel/tk4.0/include
+TK_LIBDIR= /usr/local/devel/tk4.0/lib
+TK_LIB = -ltk4.0
+
+#
+# include port specific rules and variables. For instance:
+#
+# signal(2) handling - this is here because it affects some of
+# the frontend commands as well as the backend server.
+#
+# Ultrix and SunOS provide BSD signal(2) semantics by default.
+#
+# SVID2 and POSIX signal(2) semantics differ from BSD signal(2)
+# semantics. We can use the POSIX sigaction(2) on systems that
+# allow us to request restartable signals (SA_RESTART).
+#
+# Some systems don't allow restartable signals at all unless we
+# link to a special BSD library.
+#
+# We devoutly hope that there aren't any systems that provide
+# neither POSIX signals nor BSD signals. The alternative
+# is to do signal-handler reinstallation, which doesn't work well
+# at all.
+#
+-include $(MKDIR)/port/postgres.mk.$(PORTNAME)
+
+##############################################################################
+#
+# Flags for CC and LD. (depend on CDEBUG and PROFILE)
+#
+
+# Globally pass debugging/optimization/profiling flags based
+# on the options selected above.
+ifdef CDEBUG
+ CFLAGS+= $(CDEBUG)
+ LDFLAGS+= $(CDEBUG)
+else
+ ifndef CFLAGS_OPT
+ CFLAGS_OPT= -O
+ endif
+ CFLAGS+= $(CFLAGS_OPT)
+#
+# Uncommenting this will make things go a LOT faster, but you will
+# also lose a lot of useful error-checking.
+#
+ CFLAGS+= -DNO_ASSERT_CHECKING
+endif
+
+ifdef PROFILE
+CFLAGS+= $(PROFILE)
+LDFLAGS+= $(PROFILE)
+endif
+
+# Globally pass PORTNAME
+CFLAGS+= -DPORTNAME_$(PORTNAME)
+
+# Globally pass the default TCP port for postmaster(1).
+CFLAGS+= -DPOSTPORT='"5432"'
+
+# include flags from mk/port/postgres.mk.$(PORTNAME)
+CFLAGS+= $(CFLAGS_BE)
+LDADD+= $(LDADD_BE)
+LDFLAGS+= $(LDFLAGS_BE)
+
+
+##############################################################################
+#
+# Miscellaneous configuration
+#
+
+# This is the time, in seconds, at which a given backend server
+# will wait on a lock before deciding to abort the transaction
+# (this is what we do in lieu of deadlock detection).
+#
+# Low numbers are not recommended as they will tend to cause
+# false aborts if many transactions are long-lived.
+CFLAGS+= -DDEADLOCK_TIMEOUT=60
+
+srcdir= $(SRCDIR)
+includedir= $(HEADERDIR)
+objdir= obj
+
+
+##############################################################################
+#
+# Customization.
+#
+-include $(MKDIR)/../Makefile.custom
+
+
--- /dev/null
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile--
+# Makefile for the postgres backend (and the postmaster)
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+# $Header$
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#
+# The following turns on intermediate linking of partial objects to speed
+# the link cycle during development. (To turn this off, put "BIGOBJS=false"
+# in your custom makefile, ../Makefile.custom.)
+BIGOBJS= true
+
+
+PROG= postgres
+
+MKDIR= ../mk
+include $(MKDIR)/postgres.mk
+
+
+include $(CURDIR)/access/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/bootstrap/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/catalog/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/commands/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/executor/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/include/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/lib/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/libpq/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/main/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/nodes/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/optimizer/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/parser/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/port/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/postmaster/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/regex/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/rewrite/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/storage/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/tcop/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/tioga/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/utils/Makefile.inc
+
+SRCS:= ${SRCS_ACCESS} ${SRCS_BOOTSTRAP} $(SRCS_CATALOG) ${SRCS_COMMANDS} \
+ ${SRCS_EXECUTOR} $(SRCS_LIB) $(SRCS_LIBPQ) ${SRCS_MAIN} \
+ ${SRCS_NODES} ${SRCS_OPTIMIZER} ${SRCS_PARSER} ${SRCS_PORT} \
+ $(SRCS_POSTMASTER) ${SRCS_REGEX} ${SRCS_REWRITE} ${SRCS_STORAGE} \
+ ${SRCS_TCOP} ${SRCS_UTILS}
+
+ifeq ($(BIGOBJS), true)
+OBJS= ACCESS.o BOOTSTRAP.o COMMANDS.o EXECUTOR.o MAIN.o MISC.o NODES.o \
+ PARSER.o OPTIMIZER.o REGEX.o REWRITE.o STORAGE.o TCOP.o UTILS.o
+CLEANFILES+= $(subst .s,.o,$(SRCS:.c=.o)) $(OBJS)
+else
+OBJS:= $(subst .s,.o,$(SRCS:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o))
+CLEANFILES+= $(notdir $(OBJS))
+endif
+
+#############################################################################
+#
+# TIOGA stuff
+#
+ifdef TIOGA
+SRCS+= $(SRCS_TIOGA)
+ ifeq ($(BIGOBJS), true)
+TIOGA.o: $(SRCS_TIOGA:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+ $(make_partial)
+OBJS+= TIOGA.o
+CLEANFILES+= $(SRCS_TIOGA:%.c=%.o) TIOGA.o
+ else
+OBJS+= $(SRCS_TIOGA:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+ endif
+endif
+
+
+#############################################################################
+#
+# Compiling the postgres backend.
+#
+CFLAGS+= -DPOSTGRESDIR='"$(POSTGRESDIR)"' \
+ -DPGDATADIR='"$(DATADIR)"' \
+ -I$(CURDIR)/. -I$(CURDIR)/$(objdir) \
+ -I$(CURDIR)/include \
+ -I$(CURDIR)/port/$(PORTNAME)
+
+# turn this on if you prefer European style dates instead of American
+# style dates
+ifdef EUROPEAN_DATES
+CFLAGS += -DEUROPEAN_STYLE
+endif
+
+# kerberos flags
+ifdef KRBVERS
+CFLAGS+= $(KRBFLAGS)
+LDADD+= $(KRBLIBS)
+endif
+
+# host based access flags
+ifdef HBA
+CFLAGS+= $(HBAFLAGS)
+endif
+
+
+
+#
+# All systems except NEXTSTEP require the math library.
+# Loader flags for system-dependent libraries are appended in
+# src/backend/port/$(PORTNAME)/Makefile.inc
+#
+ifneq ($(PORTNAME), next)
+LDADD+= -lm
+endif
+
+# statically link in libc for linux
+ifeq ($(PORTNAME), linux)
+LDADD+= -lc
+endif
+
+postgres: $(POSTGRES_DEPEND) $(OBJS) $(EXPORTS)
+ $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(objdir)/$(@F) $(addprefix $(objdir)/,$(notdir $(OBJS))) $(LDADD)
+
+# Make this target first if you are doing a parallel make.
+# The targets in 'first' need to be made sequentially because of dependencies.
+# Then, you can make 'all' with parallelism turned on.
+first: $(POSTGRES_DEPEND)
+
+
+#############################################################################
+#
+# Partial objects for platforms with slow linkers.
+#
+ifeq ($(BIGOBJS), true)
+
+OBJS_ACCESS:= $(SRCS_ACCESS:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_BOOTSTRAP:= $(SRCS_BOOTSTRAP:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_CATALOG:= $(SRCS_CATALOG:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_COMMANDS:= $(SRCS_COMMANDS:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_EXECUTOR:= $(SRCS_EXECUTOR:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_MAIN:= $(SRCS_MAIN:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_POSTMASTER:= $(SRCS_POSTMASTER:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_LIB:= $(SRCS_LIB:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_LIBPQ:= $(SRCS_LIBPQ:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_PORT:= $(addprefix $(objdir)/,$(subst .s,.o,$(SRCS_PORT:.c=.o)))
+OBJS_NODES:= $(SRCS_NODES:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_PARSER:= $(SRCS_PARSER:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_OPTIMIZER:= $(SRCS_OPTIMIZER:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_REGEX:= $(SRCS_REGEX:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_REWRITE:= $(SRCS_REWRITE:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_STORAGE:= $(SRCS_STORAGE:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_TCOP:= $(SRCS_TCOP:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_UTILS:= $(SRCS_UTILS:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+
+ACCESS.o: $(OBJS_ACCESS)
+ $(make_partial)
+BOOTSTRAP.o: $(OBJS_BOOTSTRAP)
+ $(make_partial)
+COMMANDS.o: $(OBJS_COMMANDS)
+ $(make_partial)
+EXECUTOR.o: $(OBJS_EXECUTOR)
+ $(make_partial)
+MAIN.o: $(OBJS_MAIN) $(OBJS_POSTMASTER)
+ $(make_partial)
+MISC.o: $(OBJS_CATALOG) $(OBJS_LIB) $(OBJS_LIBPQ) $(OBJS_PORT)
+ $(make_partial)
+NODES.o: $(OBJS_NODES)
+ $(make_partial)
+PARSER.o: $(OBJS_PARSER)
+ $(make_partial)
+OPTIMIZER.o: $(OBJS_OPTIMIZER)
+ $(make_partial)
+REGEX.o: $(OBJS_REGEX)
+ $(make_partial)
+REWRITE.o: $(OBJS_REWRITE)
+ $(make_partial)
+STORAGE.o: $(OBJS_STORAGE)
+ $(make_partial)
+TCOP.o: $(OBJS_TCOP)
+ $(make_partial)
+UTILS.o: $(OBJS_UTILS)
+ $(make_partial)
+endif
+
+#############################################################################
+#
+# Installation.
+#
+# Install the bki files to the data directory. We also copy a version
+# of them that has "PGUID" intact, so one can change the value of the
+# postgres userid before running initdb in the case of customizing the
+# binary release (i.e., fixing up PGUID w/o recompiling the system).
+# Those files are copied out as foo.source. The program newbki(1) can
+# be run later to reset the postgres login id (but it must be run before
+# initdb is run, or after clearing the data directory with
+# cleardbdir(1)). [newbki distributed with v4r2 but not with Postgres95.]
+#
+
+# NAMEDATALEN=`egrep "^#define NAMEDATALEN" $(CURDIR)/include/postgres.h | awk '{print $$3}'`; \
+# OIDNAMELEN=`egrep "^#define OIDNAMELEN" $(CURDIR)/include/postgres.h | awk '{print $$3}'`; \
+
+install: beforeinstall pg_id $(BKIFILES) postgres
+ $(INSTALL) $(INSTL_EXE_OPTS) $(objdir)/postgres $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)/postgres
+ @rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)/postmaster
+ cd $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR); ln -s postgres postmaster
+ @cd $(objdir); \
+ PG_UID=`./pg_id $(POSTGRESLOGIN)`; \
+ POSTGRESLOGIN=$(POSTGRESLOGIN);\
+ echo "NAMEDATALEN = $(NAMEDATALEN)"; \
+ echo "OIDNAMELEN = $(OIDNAMELEN)"; \
+ case $$PG_UID in "NOUSER") \
+ echo "Warning: no account named $(POSTGRESLOGIN), using yours";\
+ POSTGRESLOGIN=`whoami`; \
+ PG_UID=`./pg_id`;; \
+ esac ;\
+ for bki in $(BKIFILES); do \
+ sed \
+ -e "s/postgres PGUID/$$POSTGRESLOGIN $$PG_UID/" \
+ -e "s/NAMEDATALEN/$(NAMEDATALEN)/g" \
+ -e "s/OIDNAMELEN/$(OIDNAMELEN)/g" \
+ -e "s/PGUID/$$PG_UID/" \
+ < $$bki > $$bki.sed ; \
+ echo "Installing $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/files/$$bki."; \
+ $(INSTALL) $(INSTLOPTS) \
+ $$bki.sed $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/files/$$bki; \
+ rm -f $$bki.sed; \
+ echo "Installing $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/files/$$bki.source."; \
+ $(INSTALL) $(INSTLOPTS) \
+ $$bki $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/files/$$bki.source; \
+ done;
+ @echo "Installing $(DATADIR)/pg_hba";
+ @cp $(srcdir)/libpq/pg_hba $(DATADIR)
+ @chmod 644 $(DATADIR)/pg_hba
+
+
+# so we can get the UID of the postgres owner (w/o moving pg_id to
+# src/tools). We just want the vanilla LDFLAGS for pg_id
+IDLDFLAGS:= $(LDFLAGS)
+ifeq ($(PORTNAME), hpux)
+ifeq ($(CC), cc)
+IDLDFLAGS+= -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
+endif
+endif
+pg_id: $(srcdir)/bin/pg_id/pg_id.c
+ $(CC) $(IDLDFLAGS) -o $(objdir)/$(@F) $<
+
+CLEANFILES+= pg_id postgres
+
+
+#############################################################################
+#
+# Support for code development.
+#
+
+#
+# Build the file, "./ID", used by the "gid" (grep-for-identifier) tool
+#
+IDFILE= ID
+.PHONY: $(IDFILE)
+$(IDFILE):
+ $(CURDIR)/makeID $(PORTNAME)
+
+#
+# Special rule to generate cpp'd version of a .c file. This is
+# especially useful given all the hellish macro processing going on.
+# The cpp'd version has a .C suffix. To create foo.C from foo.c, just
+# type
+# bmake foo.C
+#
+%.cpp: %.c
+ $(CC) -E $(CFLAGS) $(<:.C=.c) | cat -s | cb | tr -s '\012*' '\012' > $(objdir)/$(@F)
+
+cppall: $(SRCS:.c=.cpp)
+
+#
+# To use Purify (SunOS only), define PURIFY to be the path (and
+# options) with which to invoke the Purify loader. Only the executable
+# needs to be loaded with Purify.
+#
+# PURIFY = /usr/sww/bin/purify -cache-dir=/usr/local/postgres/src/backend/purify-cache
+#.if defined(PURIFY)
+#${PROG}: $(POSTGRES_DEPEND) $(OBJS) $(EXPORTS)
+# ${PURIFY} ${CC} ${LDFLAGS} -o $(objdir)/$(@F) $(addprefix $(objdir)/,$(notdir $(OBJS))) $(LDADD)
+#
+#CLEANFILES+= .purify* .pure .lock.*.o *_pure_*.o *.pure_*link*
+#.endif
+
--- /dev/null
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+# Makefile for the access methods module
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+# $Header$
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+accdir=$(CURDIR)/access
+VPATH:=$(VPATH):$(accdir):\
+ $(accdir)/common:$(accdir)/hash:$(accdir)/heap:$(accdir)/index:\
+ $(accdir)/rtree:$(accdir)/nbtree:$(accdir)/transam
+
+
+SUBSRCS=
+include $(accdir)/common/Makefile.inc
+include $(accdir)/hash/Makefile.inc
+include $(accdir)/heap/Makefile.inc
+include $(accdir)/index/Makefile.inc
+include $(accdir)/rtree/Makefile.inc
+include $(accdir)/nbtree/Makefile.inc
+include $(accdir)/transam/Makefile.inc
+SRCS_ACCESS:= $(SUBSRCS)
+
+HEADERS+= attnum.h funcindex.h genam.h hash.h \
+ heapam.h hio.h htup.h ibit.h iqual.h istrat.h \
+ itup.h nbtree.h printtup.h relscan.h rtree.h \
+ sdir.h skey.h strat.h transam.h tupdesc.h tupmacs.h \
+ valid.h xact.h
+
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * attnum.h--
+ * POSTGRES attribute number definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef ATTNUM_H
+#define ATTNUM_H
+
+#include "c.h"
+
+/*
+ * user defined attribute numbers start at 1. -ay 2/95
+ */
+typedef int16 AttrNumber;
+
+#define InvalidAttrNumber 0
+
+/* ----------------
+ * support macros
+ * ----------------
+ */
+/*
+ * AttributeNumberIsValid --
+ * True iff the attribute number is valid.
+ */
+#define AttributeNumberIsValid(attributeNumber) \
+ ((bool) ((attributeNumber) != InvalidAttrNumber))
+
+/*
+ * AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr --
+ * True iff the attribute number corresponds to an user defined attribute.
+ */
+#define AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attributeNumber) \
+ ((bool) ((attributeNumber) > 0))
+
+/*
+ * AttrNumberGetAttrOffset --
+ * Returns the attribute offset for an attribute number.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * Assumes the attribute number is for an user defined attribute.
+ */
+#define AttrNumberGetAttrOffset(attNum) \
+ (AssertMacro(AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attNum)) ? \
+ ((attNum - 1)) : 0)
+
+/*
+ * AttributeOffsetGetAttributeNumber --
+ * Returns the attribute number for an attribute offset.
+ */
+#define AttrOffsetGetAttrNumber(attributeOffset) \
+ ((AttrNumber) (1 + attributeOffset))
+
+#endif /* ATTNUM_H */
--- /dev/null
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+# Makefile for access/common
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+# $Header$
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SUBSRCS+= heaptuple.c heapvalid.c indextuple.c indexvalid.c printtup.c \
+ scankey.c tupdesc.c
+
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * heaptuple.c--
+ * This file contains heap tuple accessor and mutator routines, as well
+ * as a few various tuple utilities.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ * The old interface functions have been converted to macros
+ * and moved to heapam.h
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/itup.h"
+#include "access/tupmacs.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "storage/ipc.h"
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "access/transam.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h" /* for MAXTUPLEN */
+#include "storage/itemptr.h"
+#include "utils/memutils.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/nabstime.h"
+
+/* this is so the sparcstation debugger works */
+
+#ifndef NO_ASSERT_CHECKING
+#ifdef sparc
+#define register
+#endif /* sparc */
+#endif /* NO_ASSERT_CHECKING */
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * misc support routines
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* ----------------
+ * ComputeDataSize
+ * ----------------
+ */
+Size
+ComputeDataSize(TupleDesc tupleDesc,
+ Datum value[],
+ char nulls[])
+{
+ uint32 length;
+ int i;
+ int numberOfAttributes = tupleDesc->natts;
+ AttributeTupleForm *att = tupleDesc->attrs;
+
+ for (length = 0, i = 0; i < numberOfAttributes; i++) {
+ if (nulls[i] != ' ') continue;
+
+ switch (att[i]->attlen) {
+ case -1:
+ /*
+ * This is the size of the disk representation and so
+ * must include the additional sizeof long.
+ */
+ if (att[i]->attalign == 'd') {
+ length = DOUBLEALIGN(length)
+ + VARSIZE(DatumGetPointer(value[i]));
+ } else {
+ length = INTALIGN(length)
+ + VARSIZE(DatumGetPointer(value[i]));
+ }
+ break;
+ case sizeof(char):
+ length++;
+ break;
+ case sizeof(short):
+ length = SHORTALIGN(length + sizeof(short));
+ break;
+ case sizeof(int32):
+ length = INTALIGN(length + sizeof(int32));
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (att[i]->attlen < sizeof(int32))
+ elog(WARN, "ComputeDataSize: attribute %d has len %d",
+ i, att[i]->attlen);
+ if (att[i]->attalign == 'd')
+ length = DOUBLEALIGN(length) + att[i]->attlen;
+ else
+ length = LONGALIGN(length) + att[i]->attlen;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return length;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * DataFill
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+DataFill(char *data,
+ TupleDesc tupleDesc,
+ Datum value[],
+ char nulls[],
+ char *infomask,
+ bits8 bit[])
+{
+ bits8 *bitP;
+ int bitmask;
+ uint32 length;
+ int i;
+ int numberOfAttributes = tupleDesc->natts;
+ AttributeTupleForm* att = tupleDesc->attrs;
+
+ if (bit != NULL) {
+ bitP = &bit[-1];
+ bitmask = CSIGNBIT;
+ }
+
+ *infomask = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < numberOfAttributes; i++) {
+ if (bit != NULL) {
+ if (bitmask != CSIGNBIT) {
+ bitmask <<= 1;
+ } else {
+ bitP += 1;
+ *bitP = 0x0;
+ bitmask = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (nulls[i] == 'n') {
+ *infomask |= HEAP_HASNULL;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ *bitP |= bitmask;
+ }
+
+ switch (att[i]->attlen) {
+ case -1:
+ *infomask |= HEAP_HASVARLENA;
+ if (att[i]->attalign=='d') {
+ data = (char *) DOUBLEALIGN(data);
+ } else {
+ data = (char *) INTALIGN(data);
+ }
+ length = VARSIZE(DatumGetPointer(value[i]));
+ memmove(data, DatumGetPointer(value[i]),length);
+ data += length;
+ break;
+ case sizeof(char):
+ *data = att[i]->attbyval ?
+ DatumGetChar(value[i]) : *((char *) value[i]);
+ data += sizeof(char);
+ break;
+ case sizeof(int16):
+ data = (char *) SHORTALIGN(data);
+ * (short *) data = (att[i]->attbyval ?
+ DatumGetInt16(value[i]) :
+ *((short *) value[i]));
+ data += sizeof(short);
+ break;
+ case sizeof(int32):
+ data = (char *) INTALIGN(data);
+ * (int32 *) data = (att[i]->attbyval ?
+ DatumGetInt32(value[i]) :
+ *((int32 *) value[i]));
+ data += sizeof(int32);
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (att[i]->attlen < sizeof(int32))
+ elog(WARN, "DataFill: attribute %d has len %d",
+ i, att[i]->attlen);
+ if (att[i]->attalign == 'd') {
+ data = (char *) DOUBLEALIGN(data);
+ memmove(data, DatumGetPointer(value[i]),
+ att[i]->attlen);
+ data += att[i]->attlen;
+ } else {
+ data = (char *) LONGALIGN(data);
+ memmove(data, DatumGetPointer(value[i]),
+ att[i]->attlen);
+ data += att[i]->attlen;
+ }
+
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * heap tuple interface
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_attisnull - returns 1 iff tuple attribute is not present
+ * ----------------
+ */
+int
+heap_attisnull(HeapTuple tup, int attnum)
+{
+ if (attnum > (int)tup->t_natts)
+ return (1);
+
+ if (HeapTupleNoNulls(tup)) return(0);
+
+ if (attnum > 0) {
+ return(att_isnull(attnum - 1, tup->t_bits));
+ } else
+ switch (attnum) {
+ case SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber:
+ case ObjectIdAttributeNumber:
+ case MinTransactionIdAttributeNumber:
+ case MinCommandIdAttributeNumber:
+ case MaxTransactionIdAttributeNumber:
+ case MaxCommandIdAttributeNumber:
+ case ChainItemPointerAttributeNumber:
+ case AnchorItemPointerAttributeNumber:
+ case MinAbsoluteTimeAttributeNumber:
+ case MaxAbsoluteTimeAttributeNumber:
+ case VersionTypeAttributeNumber:
+ break;
+
+ case 0:
+ elog(WARN, "heap_attisnull: zero attnum disallowed");
+
+ default:
+ elog(WARN, "heap_attisnull: undefined negative attnum");
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * system attribute heap tuple support
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_sysattrlen
+ *
+ * This routine returns the length of a system attribute.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+int
+heap_sysattrlen(AttrNumber attno)
+{
+ HeapTupleData *f = NULL;
+ int len;
+
+ switch (attno) {
+ case SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber:
+ len = sizeof f->t_ctid;
+ break;
+ case ObjectIdAttributeNumber:
+ len = sizeof f->t_oid;
+ break;
+ case MinTransactionIdAttributeNumber:
+ len = sizeof f->t_xmin;
+ break;
+ case MinCommandIdAttributeNumber:
+ len = sizeof f->t_cmin;
+ break;
+ case MaxTransactionIdAttributeNumber:
+ len = sizeof f->t_xmax;
+ break;
+ case MaxCommandIdAttributeNumber:
+ len = sizeof f->t_cmax;
+ break;
+ case ChainItemPointerAttributeNumber:
+ len = sizeof f->t_chain;
+ break;
+ case AnchorItemPointerAttributeNumber:
+ elog(WARN, "heap_sysattrlen: field t_anchor does not exist!");
+ break;
+ case MinAbsoluteTimeAttributeNumber:
+ len = sizeof f->t_tmin;
+ break;
+ case MaxAbsoluteTimeAttributeNumber:
+ len = sizeof f->t_tmax;
+ break;
+ case VersionTypeAttributeNumber:
+ len = sizeof f->t_vtype;
+ break;
+ default:
+ elog(WARN, "sysattrlen: System attribute number %d unknown.",
+ attno);
+ len = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ return (len);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_sysattrbyval
+ *
+ * This routine returns the "by-value" property of a system attribute.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+bool
+heap_sysattrbyval(AttrNumber attno)
+{
+ bool byval;
+
+ switch (attno) {
+ case SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber:
+ byval = false;
+ break;
+ case ObjectIdAttributeNumber:
+ byval = true;
+ break;
+ case MinTransactionIdAttributeNumber:
+ byval = true;
+ break;
+ case MinCommandIdAttributeNumber:
+ byval = true;
+ break;
+ case MaxTransactionIdAttributeNumber:
+ byval = true;
+ break;
+ case MaxCommandIdAttributeNumber:
+ byval = true;
+ break;
+ case ChainItemPointerAttributeNumber:
+ byval = false;
+ break;
+ case AnchorItemPointerAttributeNumber:
+ byval = false;
+ break;
+ case MinAbsoluteTimeAttributeNumber:
+ byval = true;
+ break;
+ case MaxAbsoluteTimeAttributeNumber:
+ byval = true;
+ break;
+ case VersionTypeAttributeNumber:
+ byval = true;
+ break;
+ default:
+ byval = true;
+ elog(WARN, "sysattrbyval: System attribute number %d unknown.",
+ attno);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return byval;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_getsysattr
+ * ----------------
+ */
+char *
+heap_getsysattr(HeapTuple tup, Buffer b, int attnum)
+{
+ switch (attnum) {
+ case SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber:
+ return ((char *)&tup->t_ctid);
+ case ObjectIdAttributeNumber:
+ return ((char *) (long) tup->t_oid);
+ case MinTransactionIdAttributeNumber:
+ return ((char *) (long) tup->t_xmin);
+ case MinCommandIdAttributeNumber:
+ return ((char *) (long) tup->t_cmin);
+ case MaxTransactionIdAttributeNumber:
+ return ((char *) (long) tup->t_xmax);
+ case MaxCommandIdAttributeNumber:
+ return ((char *) (long) tup->t_cmax);
+ case ChainItemPointerAttributeNumber:
+ return ((char *) &tup->t_chain);
+ case AnchorItemPointerAttributeNumber:
+ elog(WARN, "heap_getsysattr: t_anchor does not exist!");
+ break;
+
+ /*
+ * For tmin and tmax, we need to do some extra work. These don't
+ * get filled in until the vacuum cleaner runs (or we manage to flush
+ * a page after setting the value correctly below). If the vacuum
+ * cleaner hasn't run yet, then the times stored in the tuple are
+ * wrong, and we need to look up the commit time of the transaction.
+ * We cache this value in the tuple to avoid doing the work more than
+ * once.
+ */
+
+ case MinAbsoluteTimeAttributeNumber:
+ if (!AbsoluteTimeIsBackwardCompatiblyValid(tup->t_tmin) &&
+ TransactionIdDidCommit(tup->t_xmin))
+ tup->t_tmin = TransactionIdGetCommitTime(tup->t_xmin);
+ return ((char *) (long) tup->t_tmin);
+ case MaxAbsoluteTimeAttributeNumber:
+ if (!AbsoluteTimeIsBackwardCompatiblyReal(tup->t_tmax)) {
+ if (TransactionIdDidCommit(tup->t_xmax))
+ tup->t_tmax = TransactionIdGetCommitTime(tup->t_xmax);
+ else
+ tup->t_tmax = CURRENT_ABSTIME;
+ }
+ return ((char *) (long) tup->t_tmax);
+ case VersionTypeAttributeNumber:
+ return ((char *) (long) tup->t_vtype);
+ default:
+ elog(WARN, "heap_getsysattr: undefined attnum %d", attnum);
+ }
+ return(NULL);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * fastgetattr
+ *
+ * This is a newer version of fastgetattr which attempts to be
+ * faster by caching attribute offsets in the attribute descriptor.
+ *
+ * an alternate way to speed things up would be to cache offsets
+ * with the tuple, but that seems more difficult unless you take
+ * the storage hit of actually putting those offsets into the
+ * tuple you send to disk. Yuck.
+ *
+ * This scheme will be slightly slower than that, but should
+ * preform well for queries which hit large #'s of tuples. After
+ * you cache the offsets once, examining all the other tuples using
+ * the same attribute descriptor will go much quicker. -cim 5/4/91
+ * ----------------
+ */
+char *
+fastgetattr(HeapTuple tup,
+ int attnum,
+ TupleDesc tupleDesc,
+ bool *isnull)
+{
+ char *tp; /* ptr to att in tuple */
+ bits8 *bp; /* ptr to att in tuple */
+ int slow; /* do we have to walk nulls? */
+ AttributeTupleForm *att = tupleDesc->attrs;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * sanity checks
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+ Assert(PointerIsValid(isnull));
+ Assert(attnum > 0);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * Three cases:
+ *
+ * 1: No nulls and no variable length attributes.
+ * 2: Has a null or a varlena AFTER att.
+ * 3: Has nulls or varlenas BEFORE att.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+ *isnull = false;
+
+ if (HeapTupleNoNulls(tup)) {
+ attnum--;
+ if (att[attnum]->attcacheoff > 0) {
+ return (char *)
+ fetchatt( &(att[attnum]),
+ (char *)tup + tup->t_hoff + att[attnum]->attcacheoff);
+ } else if (attnum == 0) {
+ /*
+ * first attribute is always at position zero
+ */
+ return((char *) fetchatt(&(att[0]), (char *) tup + tup->t_hoff));
+ }
+
+ tp = (char *) tup + tup->t_hoff;
+
+ slow = 0;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * there's a null somewhere in the tuple
+ */
+
+ bp = tup->t_bits;
+ tp = (char *) tup + tup->t_hoff;
+ slow = 0;
+ attnum--;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * check to see if desired att is null
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+ if (att_isnull(attnum, bp)) {
+ *isnull = true;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * Now check to see if any preceeding bits are null...
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+ {
+ register int i = 0; /* current offset in bp */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < attnum && !slow; i++) {
+ if (att_isnull(i, bp)) slow = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * now check for any non-fixed length attrs before our attribute
+ */
+ if (!slow) {
+ if (att[attnum]->attcacheoff > 0) {
+ return (char *)
+ fetchatt(&(att[attnum]),
+ tp + att[attnum]->attcacheoff);
+ } else if (attnum == 0) {
+ return (char *)
+ fetchatt(&(att[0]), (char *) tup + tup->t_hoff);
+ } else if (!HeapTupleAllFixed(tup)) {
+ register int j = 0;
+
+ for (j = 0; j < attnum && !slow; j++)
+ if (att[j]->attlen < 1) slow = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * if slow is zero, and we got here, we know that we have a tuple with
+ * no nulls. We also have to initialize the remainder of
+ * the attribute cached offset values.
+ */
+ if (!slow) {
+ register int j = 1;
+ register long off;
+
+ /*
+ * need to set cache for some atts
+ */
+
+ att[0]->attcacheoff = 0;
+
+ while (att[j]->attcacheoff > 0) j++;
+
+ off = att[j-1]->attcacheoff + att[j-1]->attlen;
+
+ for (; j < attnum + 1; j++) {
+ switch(att[j]->attlen) {
+ case -1:
+ off = (att[j]->attalign=='d') ?
+ DOUBLEALIGN(off) : INTALIGN(off);
+ break;
+ case sizeof(char):
+ break;
+ case sizeof(short):
+ off = SHORTALIGN(off);
+ break;
+ case sizeof(int32):
+ off = INTALIGN(off);
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (att[j]->attlen < sizeof(int32)) {
+ elog(WARN,
+ "fastgetattr: attribute %d has len %d",
+ j, att[j]->attlen);
+ }
+ if (att[j]->attalign == 'd')
+ off = DOUBLEALIGN(off);
+ else
+ off = LONGALIGN(off);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ att[j]->attcacheoff = off;
+ off += att[j]->attlen;
+ }
+
+ return
+ (char *)fetchatt(&(att[attnum]), tp + att[attnum]->attcacheoff);
+ } else {
+ register bool usecache = true;
+ register int off = 0;
+ register int i;
+
+ /*
+ * Now we know that we have to walk the tuple CAREFULLY.
+ *
+ * Note - This loop is a little tricky. On iteration i we
+ * first set the offset for attribute i and figure out how much
+ * the offset should be incremented. Finally, we need to align the
+ * offset based on the size of attribute i+1 (for which the offset
+ * has been computed). -mer 12 Dec 1991
+ */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < attnum; i++) {
+ if (!HeapTupleNoNulls(tup)) {
+ if (att_isnull(i, bp)) {
+ usecache = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ switch (att[i]->attlen) {
+ case -1:
+ off = (att[i]->attalign=='d') ?
+ DOUBLEALIGN(off) : INTALIGN(off);
+ break;
+ case sizeof(char):
+ break;
+ case sizeof(short):
+ off = SHORTALIGN(off);
+ break;
+ case sizeof(int32):
+ off = INTALIGN(off);
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (att[i]->attlen < sizeof(int32))
+ elog(WARN,
+ "fastgetattr2: attribute %d has len %d",
+ i, att[i]->attlen);
+ if (att[i]->attalign == 'd')
+ off = DOUBLEALIGN(off);
+ else
+ off = LONGALIGN(off);
+ break;
+ }
+ if (usecache && att[i]->attcacheoff > 0) {
+ off = att[i]->attcacheoff;
+ if (att[i]->attlen == -1) {
+ usecache = false;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (usecache) att[i]->attcacheoff = off;
+ }
+
+ switch(att[i]->attlen) {
+ case sizeof(char):
+ off++;
+ break;
+ case sizeof(int16):
+ off += sizeof(int16);
+ break;
+ case sizeof(int32):
+ off += sizeof(int32);
+ break;
+ case -1:
+ usecache = false;
+ off += VARSIZE(tp + off);
+ break;
+ default:
+ off += att[i]->attlen;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ switch (att[attnum]->attlen) {
+ case -1:
+ off = (att[attnum]->attalign=='d')?
+ DOUBLEALIGN(off) : INTALIGN(off);
+ break;
+ case sizeof(char):
+ break;
+ case sizeof(short):
+ off = SHORTALIGN(off);
+ break;
+ case sizeof(int32):
+ off = INTALIGN(off);
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (att[attnum]->attlen < sizeof(int32))
+ elog(WARN, "fastgetattr3: attribute %d has len %d",
+ attnum, att[attnum]->attlen);
+ if (att[attnum]->attalign == 'd')
+ off = DOUBLEALIGN(off);
+ else
+ off = LONGALIGN(off);
+ break;
+ }
+ return((char *) fetchatt(&(att[attnum]), tp + off));
+ }
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_getattr
+ *
+ * returns an attribute from a heap tuple. uses
+ * ----------------
+ */
+char *
+heap_getattr(HeapTuple tup,
+ Buffer b,
+ int attnum,
+ TupleDesc tupleDesc,
+ bool *isnull)
+{
+ bool localIsNull;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * sanity checks
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ Assert(tup != NULL);
+
+ if (! PointerIsValid(isnull))
+ isnull = &localIsNull;
+
+ if (attnum > (int) tup->t_natts) {
+ *isnull = true;
+ return ((char *) NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * take care of user defined attributes
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (attnum > 0) {
+ char *datum;
+ datum = fastgetattr(tup, attnum, tupleDesc, isnull);
+
+ return (datum);
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * take care of system attributes
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ *isnull = false;
+ return
+ heap_getsysattr(tup, b, attnum);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_copytuple
+ *
+ * returns a copy of an entire tuple
+ * ----------------
+ */
+HeapTuple
+heap_copytuple(HeapTuple tuple)
+{
+ HeapTuple newTuple;
+
+ if (! HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
+ return (NULL);
+
+ /* XXX For now, just prevent an undetectable executor related error */
+ if (tuple->t_len > MAXTUPLEN) {
+ elog(WARN, "palloctup: cannot handle length %d tuples",
+ tuple->t_len);
+ }
+
+ newTuple = (HeapTuple) palloc(tuple->t_len);
+ memmove((char *) newTuple, (char *) tuple, (int) tuple->t_len);
+ return(newTuple);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_deformtuple
+ *
+ * the inverse of heap_formtuple (see below)
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+heap_deformtuple(HeapTuple tuple,
+ TupleDesc tdesc,
+ Datum values[],
+ char nulls[])
+{
+ int i;
+ int natts;
+
+ Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(tuple));
+
+ natts = tuple->t_natts;
+ for (i = 0; i<natts; i++) {
+ bool isnull;
+
+ values[i] = (Datum)heap_getattr(tuple,
+ InvalidBuffer,
+ i+1,
+ tdesc,
+ &isnull);
+ if (isnull)
+ nulls[i] = 'n';
+ else
+ nulls[i] = ' ';
+ }
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_formtuple
+ *
+ * constructs a tuple from the given value[] and null[] arrays
+ *
+ * old comments
+ * Handles alignment by aligning 2 byte attributes on short boundries
+ * and 3 or 4 byte attributes on long word boundries on a vax; and
+ * aligning non-byte attributes on short boundries on a sun. Does
+ * not properly align fixed length arrays of 1 or 2 byte types (yet).
+ *
+ * Null attributes are indicated by a 'n' in the appropriate byte
+ * of the null[]. Non-null attributes are indicated by a ' ' (space).
+ *
+ * Fix me. (Figure that must keep context if debug--allow give oid.)
+ * Assumes in order.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+HeapTuple
+heap_formtuple(TupleDesc tupleDescriptor,
+ Datum value[],
+ char nulls[])
+{
+ char *tp; /* tuple pointer */
+ HeapTuple tuple; /* return tuple */
+ int bitmaplen;
+ long len;
+ int hoff;
+ bool hasnull = false;
+ int i;
+ int numberOfAttributes = tupleDescriptor->natts;
+
+ len = sizeof *tuple - sizeof tuple->t_bits;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < numberOfAttributes && !hasnull; i++) {
+ if (nulls[i] != ' ') hasnull = true;
+ }
+
+ if (numberOfAttributes > MaxHeapAttributeNumber)
+ elog(WARN, "heap_formtuple: numberOfAttributes of %d > %d",
+ numberOfAttributes, MaxHeapAttributeNumber);
+
+ if (hasnull) {
+ bitmaplen = BITMAPLEN(numberOfAttributes);
+ len += bitmaplen;
+ }
+
+ hoff = len = DOUBLEALIGN(len); /* be conservative here */
+
+ len += ComputeDataSize(tupleDescriptor, value, nulls);
+
+ tp = (char *) palloc(len);
+ tuple = (HeapTuple) tp;
+
+ memset(tp, 0, (int)len);
+
+ tuple->t_len = len;
+ tuple->t_natts = numberOfAttributes;
+ tuple->t_hoff = hoff;
+ tuple->t_tmin = INVALID_ABSTIME;
+ tuple->t_tmax = CURRENT_ABSTIME;
+
+ DataFill((char *)tuple + tuple->t_hoff,
+ tupleDescriptor,
+ value,
+ nulls,
+ &tuple->t_infomask,
+ (hasnull ? tuple->t_bits : NULL));
+
+ return (tuple);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_modifytuple
+ *
+ * forms a new tuple from an old tuple and a set of replacement values.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+HeapTuple
+heap_modifytuple(HeapTuple tuple,
+ Buffer buffer,
+ Relation relation,
+ Datum replValue[],
+ char replNull[],
+ char repl[])
+{
+ int attoff;
+ int numberOfAttributes;
+ Datum *value;
+ char *nulls;
+ bool isNull;
+ HeapTuple newTuple;
+ int madecopy;
+ uint8 infomask;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * sanity checks
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(tuple));
+ Assert(BufferIsValid(buffer) || RelationIsValid(relation));
+ Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(tuple));
+ Assert(PointerIsValid(replValue));
+ Assert(PointerIsValid(replNull));
+ Assert(PointerIsValid(repl));
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * if we're pointing to a disk page, then first
+ * make a copy of our tuple so that all the attributes
+ * are available. XXX this is inefficient -cim
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ madecopy = 0;
+ if (BufferIsValid(buffer) == true) {
+ relation = (Relation) BufferGetRelation(buffer);
+ tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);
+ madecopy = 1;
+ }
+
+ numberOfAttributes = RelationGetRelationTupleForm(relation)->relnatts;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * allocate and fill value[] and nulls[] arrays from either
+ * the tuple or the repl information, as appropriate.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ value = (Datum *) palloc(numberOfAttributes * sizeof *value);
+ nulls = (char *) palloc(numberOfAttributes * sizeof *nulls);
+
+ for (attoff = 0;
+ attoff < numberOfAttributes;
+ attoff += 1) {
+
+ if (repl[attoff] == ' ') {
+ char *attr;
+
+ attr =
+ heap_getattr(tuple,
+ InvalidBuffer,
+ AttrOffsetGetAttrNumber(attoff),
+ RelationGetTupleDescriptor(relation),
+ &isNull) ;
+ value[attoff] = PointerGetDatum(attr);
+ nulls[attoff] = (isNull) ? 'n' : ' ';
+
+ } else if (repl[attoff] != 'r') {
+ elog(WARN, "heap_modifytuple: repl is \\%3d", repl[attoff]);
+
+ } else { /* == 'r' */
+ value[attoff] = replValue[attoff];
+ nulls[attoff] = replNull[attoff];
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * create a new tuple from the values[] and nulls[] arrays
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ newTuple = heap_formtuple(RelationGetTupleDescriptor(relation),
+ value,
+ nulls);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * copy the header except for t_len, t_natts, t_hoff, t_bits, t_infomask
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ infomask = newTuple->t_infomask;
+ memmove((char *) &newTuple->t_ctid, /*XXX*/
+ (char *) &tuple->t_ctid,
+ ((char *) &tuple->t_hoff - (char *) &tuple->t_ctid)); /*XXX*/
+ newTuple->t_infomask = infomask;
+ newTuple->t_natts = numberOfAttributes; /* fix t_natts just in case */
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * if we made a copy of the tuple, then free it.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (madecopy)
+ pfree(tuple);
+
+ return
+ newTuple;
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * other misc functions
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+HeapTuple
+heap_addheader(uint32 natts, /* max domain index */
+ int structlen, /* its length */
+ char *structure) /* pointer to the struct */
+{
+ register char *tp; /* tuple data pointer */
+ HeapTuple tup;
+ long len;
+ int hoff;
+
+ AssertArg(natts > 0);
+
+ len = sizeof (HeapTupleData) - sizeof (tup->t_bits);
+
+ hoff = len = DOUBLEALIGN(len); /* be conservative */
+ len += structlen;
+ tp = (char *) palloc(len);
+ tup = (HeapTuple) tp;
+ memset((char*)tup, 0, len);
+
+ tup->t_len = (short) len; /* XXX */
+ tp += tup->t_hoff = hoff;
+ tup->t_natts = natts;
+ tup->t_infomask = 0;
+
+ memmove(tp, structure, structlen);
+
+ return (tup);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * heapvalid.c--
+ * heap tuple qualification validity checking code
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "c.h"
+
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "utils/tqual.h"
+#include "access/valid.h" /* where the declarations go */
+#include "access/xact.h"
+
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+#include "storage/itemid.h"
+#include "fmgr.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_keytest
+ *
+ * Test a heap tuple with respect to a scan key.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+bool
+heap_keytest(HeapTuple t,
+ TupleDesc tupdesc,
+ int nkeys,
+ ScanKey keys)
+{
+ bool isnull;
+ Datum atp;
+ int test;
+
+ for (; nkeys--; keys++) {
+ atp = (Datum)heap_getattr(t, InvalidBuffer,
+ keys->sk_attno,
+ tupdesc,
+ &isnull);
+
+ if (isnull)
+ /* XXX eventually should check if SK_ISNULL */
+ return false;
+
+ if (keys->sk_flags & SK_COMMUTE)
+ test = (long) FMGR_PTR2(keys->sk_func, keys->sk_procedure,
+ keys->sk_argument, atp);
+ else
+ test = (long) FMGR_PTR2(keys->sk_func, keys->sk_procedure,
+ atp, keys->sk_argument);
+
+ if (!test == !(keys->sk_flags & SK_NEGATE))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_tuple_satisfies
+ *
+ * Returns a valid HeapTuple if it satisfies the timequal and keytest.
+ * Returns NULL otherwise. Used to be heap_satisifies (sic) which
+ * returned a boolean. It now returns a tuple so that we can avoid doing two
+ * PageGetItem's per tuple.
+ *
+ * Complete check of validity including LP_CTUP and keytest.
+ * This should perhaps be combined with valid somehow in the
+ * future. (Also, additional rule tests/time range tests.)
+ *
+ * on 8/21/92 mao says: i rearranged the tests here to do keytest before
+ * SatisfiesTimeQual. profiling indicated that even for vacuumed relations,
+ * time qual checking was more expensive than key testing. time qual is
+ * least likely to fail, too. we should really add the time qual test to
+ * the restriction and optimize it in the normal way. this has interactions
+ * with joey's expensive function work.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+HeapTuple
+heap_tuple_satisfies(ItemId itemId,
+ Relation relation,
+ PageHeader disk_page,
+ TimeQual qual,
+ int nKeys,
+ ScanKey key)
+{
+ HeapTuple tuple;
+ bool res;
+
+ if (! ItemIdIsUsed(itemId))
+ return NULL;
+
+ tuple = (HeapTuple) PageGetItem((Page) disk_page, itemId);
+
+ if (key != NULL)
+ res = heap_keytest(tuple, RelationGetTupleDescriptor(relation),
+ nKeys, key);
+ else
+ res = TRUE;
+
+ if (res && (relation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_UNCATALOGED
+ || HeapTupleSatisfiesTimeQual(tuple,qual)))
+ return tuple;
+
+ return (HeapTuple) NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * TupleUpdatedByCurXactAndCmd() -- Returns true if this tuple has
+ * already been updated once by the current transaction/command
+ * pair.
+ */
+bool
+TupleUpdatedByCurXactAndCmd(HeapTuple t)
+{
+ if (TransactionIdEquals(t->t_xmax,
+ GetCurrentTransactionId()) &&
+ t->t_cmax == GetCurrentCommandId())
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * indextuple.c--
+ * This file contains index tuple accessor and mutator routines,
+ * as well as a few various tuple utilities.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "c.h"
+#include "access/ibit.h"
+#include "access/itup.h" /* where the declarations go */
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/tupdesc.h"
+#include "access/tupmacs.h"
+
+#include "storage/itemptr.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+
+static Size IndexInfoFindDataOffset(unsigned short t_info);
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * index_ tuple interface routines
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* ----------------
+ * index_formtuple
+ * ----------------
+ */
+IndexTuple
+index_formtuple(TupleDesc tupleDescriptor,
+ Datum value[],
+ char null[])
+{
+ register char *tp; /* tuple pointer */
+ IndexTuple tuple; /* return tuple */
+ Size size, hoff;
+ int i;
+ unsigned short infomask = 0;
+ bool hasnull = false;
+ char tupmask = 0;
+ int numberOfAttributes = tupleDescriptor->natts;
+
+ if (numberOfAttributes > MaxIndexAttributeNumber)
+ elog(WARN, "index_formtuple: numberOfAttributes of %d > %d",
+ numberOfAttributes, MaxIndexAttributeNumber);
+
+
+ for (i = 0; i < numberOfAttributes && !hasnull; i++) {
+ if (null[i] != ' ') hasnull = true;
+ }
+
+ if (hasnull) infomask |= INDEX_NULL_MASK;
+
+ hoff = IndexInfoFindDataOffset(infomask);
+ size = hoff
+ + ComputeDataSize(tupleDescriptor,
+ value, null);
+ size = DOUBLEALIGN(size); /* be conservative */
+
+ tp = (char *) palloc(size);
+ tuple = (IndexTuple) tp;
+ memset(tp,0,(int)size);
+
+ DataFill((char *)tp + hoff,
+ tupleDescriptor,
+ value,
+ null,
+ &tupmask,
+ (hasnull ? (bits8*)tp + sizeof(*tuple) : NULL));
+
+ /*
+ * We do this because DataFill wants to initialize a "tupmask" which
+ * is used for HeapTuples, but we want an indextuple infomask. The only
+ * "relevent" info is the "has variable attributes" field, which is in
+ * mask position 0x02. We have already set the null mask above.
+ */
+
+ if (tupmask & 0x02) infomask |= INDEX_VAR_MASK;
+
+ /*
+ * Here we make sure that we can actually hold the size. We also want
+ * to make sure that size is not aligned oddly. This actually is a
+ * rather odd way to make sure the size is not too large overall.
+ */
+
+ if (size & 0xE000)
+ elog(WARN, "index_formtuple: data takes %d bytes: too big", size);
+
+
+ infomask |= size;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * initialize metadata
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ tuple->t_info = infomask;
+ return (tuple);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * fastgetiattr
+ *
+ * This is a newer version of fastgetiattr which attempts to be
+ * faster by caching attribute offsets in the attribute descriptor.
+ *
+ * an alternate way to speed things up would be to cache offsets
+ * with the tuple, but that seems more difficult unless you take
+ * the storage hit of actually putting those offsets into the
+ * tuple you send to disk. Yuck.
+ *
+ * This scheme will be slightly slower than that, but should
+ * preform well for queries which hit large #'s of tuples. After
+ * you cache the offsets once, examining all the other tuples using
+ * the same attribute descriptor will go much quicker. -cim 5/4/91
+ * ----------------
+ */
+char *
+fastgetiattr(IndexTuple tup,
+ int attnum,
+ TupleDesc tupleDesc,
+ bool *isnull)
+{
+ register char *tp; /* ptr to att in tuple */
+ register char *bp; /* ptr to att in tuple */
+ int slow; /* do we have to walk nulls? */
+ register int data_off; /* tuple data offset */
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * sanity checks
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+ Assert(PointerIsValid(isnull));
+ Assert(attnum > 0);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * Three cases:
+ *
+ * 1: No nulls and no variable length attributes.
+ * 2: Has a null or a varlena AFTER att.
+ * 3: Has nulls or varlenas BEFORE att.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+ *isnull = false;
+ data_off = IndexTupleHasMinHeader(tup) ? sizeof *tup :
+ IndexInfoFindDataOffset(tup->t_info);
+
+ if (IndexTupleNoNulls(tup)) {
+
+ /* first attribute is always at position zero */
+
+ if (attnum == 1) {
+ return(fetchatt(&(tupleDesc->attrs[0]), (char *) tup + data_off));
+ }
+ attnum--;
+
+ if (tupleDesc->attrs[attnum]->attcacheoff > 0) {
+ return(fetchatt(&(tupleDesc->attrs[attnum]),
+ (char *) tup + data_off +
+ tupleDesc->attrs[attnum]->attcacheoff));
+ }
+
+ tp = (char *) tup + data_off;
+
+ slow = 0;
+ }else { /* there's a null somewhere in the tuple */
+
+ bp = (char *) tup + sizeof(*tup); /* "knows" t_bits are here! */
+ slow = 0;
+ /* ----------------
+ * check to see if desired att is null
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+ attnum--;
+ {
+ if (att_isnull(attnum, bp)) {
+ *isnull = true;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ /* ----------------
+ * Now check to see if any preceeding bits are null...
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ {
+ register int i = 0; /* current offset in bp */
+ register int mask; /* bit in byte we're looking at */
+ register char n; /* current byte in bp */
+ register int byte, finalbit;
+
+ byte = attnum >> 3;
+ finalbit = attnum & 0x07;
+
+ for (; i <= byte; i++) {
+ n = bp[i];
+ if (i < byte) {
+ /* check for nulls in any "earlier" bytes */
+ if ((~n) != 0) {
+ slow++;
+ break;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* check for nulls "before" final bit of last byte*/
+ mask = (finalbit << 1) - 1;
+ if ((~n) & mask)
+ slow++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ tp = (char *) tup + data_off;
+ }
+
+ /* now check for any non-fixed length attrs before our attribute */
+
+ if (!slow) {
+ if (tupleDesc->attrs[attnum]->attcacheoff > 0) {
+ return(fetchatt(&(tupleDesc->attrs[attnum]),
+ tp + tupleDesc->attrs[attnum]->attcacheoff));
+ }else if (!IndexTupleAllFixed(tup)) {
+ register int j = 0;
+
+ for (j = 0; j < attnum && !slow; j++)
+ if (tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attlen < 1) slow = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * if slow is zero, and we got here, we know that we have a tuple with
+ * no nulls. We also know that we have to initialize the remainder of
+ * the attribute cached offset values.
+ */
+
+ if (!slow) {
+ register int j = 1;
+ register long off;
+
+ /*
+ * need to set cache for some atts
+ */
+
+ tupleDesc->attrs[0]->attcacheoff = 0;
+
+ while (tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attcacheoff > 0) j++;
+
+ off = tupleDesc->attrs[j-1]->attcacheoff +
+ tupleDesc->attrs[j-1]->attlen;
+
+ for (; j < attnum + 1; j++) {
+ /*
+ * Fix me when going to a machine with more than a four-byte
+ * word!
+ */
+
+ switch(tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attlen)
+ {
+ case -1:
+ off = (tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attalign=='d')?
+ DOUBLEALIGN(off):INTALIGN(off);
+ break;
+ case sizeof(char):
+ break;
+ case sizeof(short):
+ off = SHORTALIGN(off);
+ break;
+ case sizeof(int32):
+ off = INTALIGN(off);
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attlen > sizeof(int32))
+ off = (tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attalign=='d')?
+ DOUBLEALIGN(off) : LONGALIGN(off);
+ else
+ elog(WARN, "fastgetiattr: attribute %d has len %d",
+ j, tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attlen);
+ break;
+
+ }
+
+ tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attcacheoff = off;
+ off += tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attlen;
+ }
+
+ return(fetchatt( &(tupleDesc->attrs[attnum]),
+ tp + tupleDesc->attrs[attnum]->attcacheoff));
+ }else {
+ register bool usecache = true;
+ register int off = 0;
+ register int i;
+
+ /*
+ * Now we know that we have to walk the tuple CAREFULLY.
+ */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < attnum; i++) {
+ if (!IndexTupleNoNulls(tup)) {
+ if (att_isnull(i, bp)) {
+ usecache = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (usecache && tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attcacheoff > 0) {
+ off = tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attcacheoff;
+ if (tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attlen == -1)
+ usecache = false;
+ else
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (usecache) tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attcacheoff = off;
+ switch(tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attlen)
+ {
+ case sizeof(char):
+ off++;
+ break;
+ case sizeof(short):
+ off = SHORTALIGN(off) + sizeof(short);
+ break;
+ case -1:
+ usecache = false;
+ off = (tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attalign=='d')?
+ DOUBLEALIGN(off):INTALIGN(off);
+ off += VARSIZE(tp + off);
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attlen > sizeof(int32))
+ off = (tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attalign=='d') ?
+ DOUBLEALIGN(off) + tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attlen :
+ LONGALIGN(off) + tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attlen;
+ else
+ elog(WARN, "fastgetiattr2: attribute %d has len %d",
+ i, tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attlen);
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return(fetchatt(&tupleDesc->attrs[attnum], tp + off));
+ }
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * index_getattr
+ * ----------------
+ */
+Datum
+index_getattr(IndexTuple tuple,
+ AttrNumber attNum,
+ TupleDesc tupDesc,
+ bool *isNullOutP)
+{
+ Assert (attNum > 0);
+
+ return (Datum)
+ fastgetiattr(tuple, attNum, tupDesc, isNullOutP);
+}
+
+RetrieveIndexResult
+FormRetrieveIndexResult(ItemPointer indexItemPointer,
+ ItemPointer heapItemPointer)
+{
+ RetrieveIndexResult result;
+
+ Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(indexItemPointer));
+ Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(heapItemPointer));
+
+ result = (RetrieveIndexResult) palloc(sizeof *result);
+
+ result->index_iptr = *indexItemPointer;
+ result->heap_iptr = *heapItemPointer;
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Takes an infomask as argument (primarily because this needs to be usable
+ * at index_formtuple time so enough space is allocated).
+ *
+ * Change me if adding an attribute to IndexTuples!!!!!!!!!!!
+ */
+static Size
+IndexInfoFindDataOffset(unsigned short t_info)
+{
+ if (!(t_info & INDEX_NULL_MASK))
+ return((Size) sizeof(IndexTupleData));
+ else {
+ Size size = sizeof(IndexTupleData);
+
+ if (t_info & INDEX_NULL_MASK) {
+ size += sizeof(IndexAttributeBitMapData);
+ }
+ return DOUBLEALIGN(size); /* be conservative */
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Copies source into target. If *target == NULL, we palloc space; otherwise
+ * we assume we have space that is already palloc'ed.
+ */
+void
+CopyIndexTuple(IndexTuple source, IndexTuple *target)
+{
+ Size size;
+ IndexTuple ret;
+
+ size = IndexTupleSize(source);
+ if (*target == NULL) {
+ *target = (IndexTuple) palloc(size);
+ }
+
+ ret = *target;
+ memmove((char*)ret, (char*)source, size);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * indexvalid.c--
+ * index tuple qualification validity checking code
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "executor/execdebug.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/iqual.h" /* where the declarations go */
+#include "access/itup.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+#include "storage/itemid.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * index scan key qualification code
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int NIndexTupleProcessed;
+
+/* ----------------
+ * index_keytest
+ *
+ * old comments
+ * May eventually combine with other tests (like timeranges)?
+ * Should have Buffer buffer; as an argument and pass it to amgetattr.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+bool
+index_keytest(IndexTuple tuple,
+ TupleDesc tupdesc,
+ int scanKeySize,
+ ScanKey key)
+{
+ bool isNull;
+ Datum datum;
+ int test;
+
+ IncrIndexProcessed();
+
+ while (scanKeySize > 0) {
+ datum = index_getattr(tuple,
+ 1,
+ tupdesc,
+ &isNull);
+
+ if (isNull) {
+ /* XXX eventually should check if SK_ISNULL */
+ return (false);
+ }
+
+ if (key[0].sk_flags & SK_COMMUTE) {
+ test = (int) (*(key[0].sk_func))
+ (DatumGetPointer(key[0].sk_argument),
+ datum);
+ } else {
+ test = (int) (*(key[0].sk_func))
+ (datum,
+ DatumGetPointer(key[0].sk_argument));
+ }
+
+ if (!test == !(key[0].sk_flags & SK_NEGATE)) {
+ return (false);
+ }
+
+ scanKeySize -= 1;
+ key++;
+ }
+
+ return (true);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * printtup.c--
+ * Routines to print out tuples to the destination (binary or non-binary
+ * portals, frontend/interactive backend, etc.).
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "access/printtup.h"
+#include "access/tupdesc.h"
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "utils/memutils.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "fmgr.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+
+#include "utils/syscache.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
+
+#include "libpq/libpq.h"
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * printtup / debugtup support
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* ----------------
+ * typtoout - used by printtup and debugtup
+ * ----------------
+ */
+Oid
+typtoout(Oid type)
+{
+ HeapTuple typeTuple;
+
+ typeTuple = SearchSysCacheTuple(TYPOID,
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(type),
+ 0, 0, 0);
+
+ if (HeapTupleIsValid(typeTuple))
+ return((Oid)
+ ((TypeTupleForm) GETSTRUCT(typeTuple))->typoutput);
+
+ elog(WARN, "typtoout: Cache lookup of type %d failed", type);
+ return(InvalidOid);
+}
+
+Oid
+gettypelem(Oid type)
+{
+ HeapTuple typeTuple;
+
+ typeTuple = SearchSysCacheTuple(TYPOID,
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(type),
+ 0,0,0);
+
+ if (HeapTupleIsValid(typeTuple))
+ return((Oid)
+ ((TypeTupleForm) GETSTRUCT(typeTuple))->typelem);
+
+ elog(WARN, "typtoout: Cache lookup of type %d failed", type);
+ return(InvalidOid);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * printtup
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo)
+{
+ int i, j, k;
+ char *outputstr, *attr;
+ bool isnull;
+ Oid typoutput;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * tell the frontend to expect new tuple data
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ pq_putnchar("D", 1);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * send a bitmap of which attributes are null
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ j = 0;
+ k = 1 << 7;
+ for (i = 0; i < tuple->t_natts; ) {
+ attr = heap_getattr(tuple, InvalidBuffer, ++i, typeinfo, &isnull);
+ if (!isnull)
+ j |= k;
+ k >>= 1;
+ if (!(i & 7)) {
+ pq_putint(j, 1);
+ j = 0;
+ k = 1 << 7;
+ }
+ }
+ if (i & 7)
+ pq_putint(j, 1);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * send the attributes of this tuple
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < tuple->t_natts; ++i) {
+ attr = heap_getattr(tuple, InvalidBuffer, i+1, typeinfo, &isnull);
+ typoutput = typtoout((Oid) typeinfo->attrs[i]->atttypid);
+
+ if (!isnull && OidIsValid(typoutput)) {
+ outputstr = fmgr(typoutput, attr,
+ gettypelem(typeinfo->attrs[i]->atttypid));
+ pq_putint(strlen(outputstr)+4, 4);
+ pq_putnchar(outputstr, strlen(outputstr));
+ pfree(outputstr);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * printatt
+ * ----------------
+ */
+static void
+printatt(unsigned attributeId,
+ AttributeTupleForm attributeP,
+ char *value)
+{
+ printf("\t%2d: %.*s%s%s%s\t(typeid = %u, len = %d, byval = %c)\n",
+ attributeId,
+ NAMEDATALEN, /* attname is a char16 */
+ attributeP->attname.data,
+ value != NULL ? " = \"" : "",
+ value != NULL ? value : "",
+ value != NULL ? "\"" : "",
+ (unsigned int) (attributeP->atttypid),
+ attributeP->attlen,
+ attributeP->attbyval ? 't' : 'f');
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * showatts
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+showatts(char *name, TupleDesc tupleDesc)
+{
+ int i;
+ int natts = tupleDesc->natts;
+ AttributeTupleForm *attinfo = tupleDesc->attrs;
+
+ puts(name);
+ for (i = 0; i < natts; ++i)
+ printatt((unsigned) i+1, attinfo[i], (char *) NULL);
+ printf("\t----\n");
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * debugtup
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+debugtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo)
+{
+ register int i;
+ char *attr, *value;
+ bool isnull;
+ Oid typoutput;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < tuple->t_natts; ++i) {
+ attr = heap_getattr(tuple, InvalidBuffer, i+1, typeinfo, &isnull);
+ typoutput = typtoout((Oid) typeinfo->attrs[i]->atttypid);
+
+ if (!isnull && OidIsValid(typoutput)) {
+ value = fmgr(typoutput, attr,
+ gettypelem(typeinfo->attrs[i]->atttypid));
+ printatt((unsigned) i+1, typeinfo->attrs[i], value);
+ pfree(value);
+ }
+ }
+ printf("\t----\n");
+}
+
+/*#define IPORTAL_DEBUG*/
+
+/* ----------------
+ * printtup_internal
+ * Protocol expects either T, D, C, E, or N.
+ * We use a different data prefix, e.g. 'B' instead of 'D' to
+ * indicate a tuple in internal (binary) form.
+ *
+ * This is same as printtup, except we don't use the typout func.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+printtup_internal(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo)
+{
+ int i, j, k;
+ char *attr;
+ bool isnull;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * tell the frontend to expect new tuple data
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ pq_putnchar("B", 1);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * send a bitmap of which attributes are null
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ j = 0;
+ k = 1 << 7;
+ for (i = 0; i < tuple->t_natts; ) {
+ attr = heap_getattr(tuple, InvalidBuffer, ++i, typeinfo, &isnull);
+ if (!isnull)
+ j |= k;
+ k >>= 1;
+ if (!(i & 7)) {
+ pq_putint(j, 1);
+ j = 0;
+ k = 1 << 7;
+ }
+ }
+ if (i & 7)
+ pq_putint(j, 1);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * send the attributes of this tuple
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#ifdef IPORTAL_DEBUG
+ fprintf(stderr, "sending tuple with %d atts\n", tuple->t_natts);
+#endif
+ for (i = 0; i < tuple->t_natts; ++i) {
+ int32 len = typeinfo->attrs[i]->attlen;
+
+ attr = heap_getattr(tuple, InvalidBuffer, i+1, typeinfo, &isnull);
+ if (!isnull) {
+ /* # of bytes, and opaque data */
+ if (len == -1) {
+ /* variable length, assume a varlena structure */
+ len = VARSIZE(attr) - VARHDRSZ;
+
+ pq_putint(len, sizeof(int32));
+ pq_putnchar(VARDATA(attr), len);
+#ifdef IPORTAL_DEBUG
+ {
+ char *d = VARDATA(attr);
+
+ fprintf(stderr, "length %d data %x%x%x%x\n",
+ len, *d, *(d+1), *(d+2), *(d+3));
+ }
+#endif
+ } else {
+ /* fixed size */
+ if (typeinfo->attrs[i]->attbyval) {
+ int8 i8;
+ int16 i16;
+ int32 i32;
+
+ pq_putint(len, sizeof(int32));
+ switch (len) {
+ case sizeof(int8):
+ i8 = DatumGetChar(attr);
+ pq_putnchar((char *) &i8, len);
+ break;
+ case sizeof(int16):
+ i16 = DatumGetInt16(attr);
+ pq_putnchar((char *) &i16, len);
+ break;
+ case sizeof(int32):
+ i32 = DatumGetInt32(attr);
+ pq_putnchar((char *) &i32, len);
+ break;
+ }
+#ifdef IPORTAL_DEBUG
+ fprintf(stderr, "byval length %d data %d\n", len, attr);
+#endif
+ } else {
+ pq_putint(len, sizeof(int32));
+ pq_putnchar(attr, len);
+#ifdef IPORTAL_DEBUG
+ fprintf(stderr, "byref length %d data %x\n", len, attr);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * scan.c--
+ * scan direction and key code
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "c.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+
+#include "fmgr.h"
+
+/*
+ * ScanKeyEntryIsLegal --
+ * True iff the scan key entry is legal.
+ */
+#define ScanKeyEntryIsLegal(entry) \
+ ((bool) (AssertMacro(PointerIsValid(entry)) && \
+ AttributeNumberIsValid(entry->sk_attno)))
+
+/*
+ * ScanKeyEntrySetIllegal --
+ * Marks a scan key entry as illegal.
+ */
+void
+ScanKeyEntrySetIllegal(ScanKey entry)
+{
+
+ Assert(PointerIsValid(entry));
+
+ entry->sk_flags = 0; /* just in case... */
+ entry->sk_attno = InvalidAttrNumber;
+ entry->sk_procedure = 0; /* should be InvalidRegProcedure */
+}
+
+/*
+ * ScanKeyEntryInitialize --
+ * Initializes an scan key entry.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * Assumes the scan key entry is valid.
+ * Assumes the intialized scan key entry will be legal.
+ */
+void
+ScanKeyEntryInitialize(ScanKey entry,
+ bits16 flags,
+ AttrNumber attributeNumber,
+ RegProcedure procedure,
+ Datum argument)
+{
+ Assert(PointerIsValid(entry));
+
+ entry->sk_flags = flags;
+ entry->sk_attno = attributeNumber;
+ entry->sk_procedure = procedure;
+ entry->sk_argument = argument;
+ fmgr_info(procedure, &entry->sk_func, &entry->sk_nargs);
+
+ Assert(ScanKeyEntryIsLegal(entry));
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * tupdesc.c--
+ * POSTGRES tuple descriptor support code
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ * some of the executor utility code such as "ExecTypeFromTL" should be
+ * moved here.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <stdio.h> /* for sprintf() */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "nodes/pg_list.h"
+#include "nodes/parsenodes.h"
+
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/tupdesc.h"
+
+#include "utils/builtins.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h" /* XXX generate exceptions instead */
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+
+#include "utils/syscache.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
+
+#include "nodes/primnodes.h"
+
+#include "parser/catalog_utils.h"
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CreateTemplateTupleDesc
+ *
+ * This function allocates and zeros a tuple descriptor structure.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+TupleDesc
+CreateTemplateTupleDesc(int natts)
+{
+ uint32 size;
+ TupleDesc desc;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * sanity checks
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ AssertArg(natts >= 1);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * allocate enough memory for the tuple descriptor and
+ * zero it as TupleDescInitEntry assumes that the descriptor
+ * is filled with NULL pointers.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ size = natts * sizeof (AttributeTupleForm);
+ desc = (TupleDesc) palloc(sizeof(struct tupleDesc));
+ desc->attrs = (AttributeTupleForm*) palloc(size);
+ memset(desc->attrs, 0, size);
+
+ desc->natts = natts;
+
+ return (desc);
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CreateTupleDesc
+ *
+ * This function allocates a new TupleDesc from AttributeTupleForm array
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+TupleDesc
+CreateTupleDesc(int natts, AttributeTupleForm* attrs)
+{
+ TupleDesc desc;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * sanity checks
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ AssertArg(natts >= 1);
+
+ desc = (TupleDesc) palloc(sizeof(struct tupleDesc));
+ desc->attrs = attrs;
+ desc->natts = natts;
+
+
+ return (desc);
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CreateTupleDescCopy
+ *
+ * This function creates a new TupleDesc by copying from an existing
+ * TupleDesc
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+TupleDesc
+CreateTupleDescCopy(TupleDesc tupdesc)
+{
+ TupleDesc desc;
+ int i, size;
+
+ desc = (TupleDesc) palloc(sizeof(struct tupleDesc));
+ desc->natts = tupdesc->natts;
+ size = desc->natts * sizeof (AttributeTupleForm);
+ desc->attrs = (AttributeTupleForm*) palloc(size);
+ for (i=0;i<desc->natts;i++) {
+ desc->attrs[i] =
+ (AttributeTupleForm)palloc(ATTRIBUTE_TUPLE_SIZE);
+ memmove(desc->attrs[i],
+ tupdesc->attrs[i],
+ ATTRIBUTE_TUPLE_SIZE);
+ }
+ return desc;
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TupleDescInitEntry
+ *
+ * This function initializes a single attribute structure in
+ * a preallocated tuple descriptor.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+bool
+TupleDescInitEntry(TupleDesc desc,
+ AttrNumber attributeNumber,
+ char *attributeName,
+ char *typeName,
+ int attdim,
+ bool attisset)
+{
+ HeapTuple tuple;
+ TypeTupleForm typeForm;
+ AttributeTupleForm att;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * sanity checks
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ AssertArg(PointerIsValid(desc));
+ AssertArg(attributeNumber >= 1);
+ /* attributeName's are sometimes NULL,
+ from resdom's. I don't know why that is, though -- Jolly */
+/* AssertArg(NameIsValid(attributeName));*/
+/* AssertArg(NameIsValid(typeName));*/
+
+ AssertArg(!PointerIsValid(desc->attrs[attributeNumber - 1]));
+
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * allocate storage for this attribute
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+ att = (AttributeTupleForm) palloc(ATTRIBUTE_TUPLE_SIZE);
+ desc->attrs[attributeNumber - 1] = att;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * initialize some of the attribute fields
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ att->attrelid = 0; /* dummy value */
+
+ if (attributeName != NULL)
+ namestrcpy(&(att->attname), attributeName);
+ else
+ memset(att->attname.data,0,NAMEDATALEN);
+
+
+ att->attdefrel = 0; /* dummy value */
+ att->attnvals = 0; /* dummy value */
+ att->atttyparg = 0; /* dummy value */
+ att->attbound = 0; /* dummy value */
+ att->attcanindex = 0; /* dummy value */
+ att->attproc = 0; /* dummy value */
+ att->attcacheoff = -1;
+
+ att->attnum = attributeNumber;
+ att->attnelems = attdim;
+ att->attisset = attisset;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * search the system cache for the type tuple of the attribute
+ * we are creating so that we can get the typeid and some other
+ * stuff.
+ *
+ * Note: in the special case of
+ *
+ * create EMP (name = char16, manager = EMP)
+ *
+ * RelationNameCreateHeapRelation() calls BuildDesc() which
+ * calls this routine and since EMP does not exist yet, the
+ * system cache lookup below fails. That's fine, but rather
+ * then doing a elog(WARN) we just leave that information
+ * uninitialized, return false, then fix things up later.
+ * -cim 6/14/90
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ tuple = SearchSysCacheTuple(TYPNAME, PointerGetDatum(typeName),
+ 0,0,0);
+ if (! HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) {
+ /* ----------------
+ * here type info does not exist yet so we just fill
+ * the attribute with dummy information and return false.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ att->atttypid = InvalidOid;
+ att->attlen = (int16) 0;
+ att->attbyval = (bool) 0;
+ att->attalign = 'i';
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * type info exists so we initialize our attribute
+ * information from the type tuple we found..
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ typeForm = (TypeTupleForm) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
+
+ att->atttypid = tuple->t_oid;
+ att->attalign = typeForm->typalign;
+
+ /* ------------------------
+ If this attribute is a set, what is really stored in the
+ attribute is the OID of a tuple in the pg_proc catalog.
+ The pg_proc tuple contains the query string which defines
+ this set - i.e., the query to run to get the set.
+ So the atttypid (just assigned above) refers to the type returned
+ by this query, but the actual length of this attribute is the
+ length (size) of an OID.
+
+ Why not just make the atttypid point to the OID type, instead
+ of the type the query returns? Because the executor uses the atttypid
+ to tell the front end what type will be returned (in BeginCommand),
+ and in the end the type returned will be the result of the query, not
+ an OID.
+
+ Why not wait until the return type of the set is known (i.e., the
+ recursive call to the executor to execute the set has returned)
+ before telling the front end what the return type will be? Because
+ the executor is a delicate thing, and making sure that the correct
+ order of front-end commands is maintained is messy, especially
+ considering that target lists may change as inherited attributes
+ are considered, etc. Ugh.
+ -----------------------------------------
+ */
+ if (attisset) {
+ Type t = type("oid");
+ att->attlen = tlen(t);
+ att->attbyval = tbyval(t);
+ } else {
+ att->attlen = typeForm->typlen;
+ att->attbyval = typeForm->typbyval;
+ }
+
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TupleDescMakeSelfReference
+ *
+ * This function initializes a "self-referential" attribute like
+ * manager in "create EMP (name=text, manager = EMP)".
+ * It calls TypeShellMake() which inserts a "shell" type
+ * tuple into pg_type. A self-reference is one kind of set, so
+ * its size and byval are the same as for a set. See the comments
+ * above in TupleDescInitEntry.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+TupleDescMakeSelfReference(TupleDesc desc,
+ AttrNumber attnum,
+ char *relname)
+{
+ AttributeTupleForm att;
+ Type t = type("oid");
+
+ att = desc->attrs[attnum-1];
+ att->atttypid = TypeShellMake(relname);
+ att->attlen = tlen(t);
+ att->attbyval = tbyval(t);
+ att->attnelems = 0;
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * BuildDescForRelation
+ *
+ * This is a general purpose function identical to BuildDesc
+ * but is used by the DefineRelation() code to catch the
+ * special case where you
+ *
+ * create FOO ( ..., x = FOO )
+ *
+ * here, the initial type lookup for "x = FOO" will fail
+ * because FOO isn't in the catalogs yet. But since we
+ * are creating FOO, instead of doing an elog() we add
+ * a shell type tuple to pg_type and fix things later
+ * in amcreate().
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+TupleDesc
+BuildDescForRelation(List *schema, char *relname)
+{
+ int natts;
+ AttrNumber attnum;
+ List *p;
+ TupleDesc desc;
+ char *attname;
+ char *typename;
+ int attdim;
+ bool attisset;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * allocate a new tuple descriptor
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ natts = length(schema);
+ desc = CreateTemplateTupleDesc(natts);
+
+ attnum = 0;
+
+ typename = palloc(NAMEDATALEN+1);
+
+ foreach(p, schema) {
+ ColumnDef *entry;
+ List *arry;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * for each entry in the list, get the name and type
+ * information from the list and have TupleDescInitEntry
+ * fill in the attribute information we need.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ attnum++;
+
+ entry = lfirst(p);
+ attname = entry->colname;
+ arry = entry->typename->arrayBounds;
+ attisset = entry->typename->setof;
+
+ if (arry != NIL) {
+ char buf[20];
+
+ attdim = length(arry);
+
+ /* array of XXX is _XXX (inherited from release 3) */
+ sprintf(buf, "_%.*s", NAMEDATALEN, entry->typename->name);
+ strcpy(typename, buf);
+ } else {
+ strcpy(typename, entry->typename->name);
+ attdim = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (! TupleDescInitEntry(desc, attnum, attname,
+ typename, attdim, attisset)) {
+ /* ----------------
+ * if TupleDescInitEntry() fails, it means there is
+ * no type in the system catalogs. So now we check if
+ * the type name equals the relation name. If so we
+ * have a self reference, otherwise it's an error.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (!strcmp(typename, relname)) {
+ TupleDescMakeSelfReference(desc, attnum, relname);
+ } else
+ elog(WARN, "DefineRelation: no such type %.*s",
+ NAMEDATALEN, typename);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * this is for char() and varchar(). When an entry is of type
+ * char() or varchar(), typlen is set to the appropriate length,
+ * which we'll use here instead. (The catalog lookup only returns
+ * the length of bpchar and varchar which is not what we want!)
+ * - ay 6/95
+ */
+ if (entry->typename->typlen > 0) {
+ desc->attrs[attnum - 1]->attlen = entry->typename->typlen;
+ }
+ }
+ return desc;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * funcindex.h--
+ *
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef _FUNC_INDEX_INCLUDED_
+#define _FUNC_INDEX_INCLUDED_
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+typedef struct {
+ int nargs;
+ Oid arglist[8];
+ Oid procOid;
+ NameData funcName;
+} FuncIndexInfo;
+
+typedef FuncIndexInfo *FuncIndexInfoPtr;
+
+/*
+ * some marginally useful macro definitions
+ */
+/* #define FIgetname(FINFO) (&((FINFO)->funcName.data[0]))*/
+#define FIgetname(FINFO) (FINFO)->funcName.data
+#define FIgetnArgs(FINFO) (FINFO)->nargs
+#define FIgetProcOid(FINFO) (FINFO)->procOid
+#define FIgetArg(FINFO, argnum) (FINFO)->arglist[argnum]
+#define FIgetArglist(FINFO) (FINFO)->arglist
+
+#define FIsetnArgs(FINFO, numargs) ((FINFO)->nargs = numargs)
+#define FIsetProcOid(FINFO, id) ((FINFO)->procOid = id)
+#define FIsetArg(FINFO, argnum, argtype) ((FINFO)->arglist[argnum] = argtype)
+
+#define FIisFunctionalIndex(FINFO) (FINFO->procOid != InvalidOid)
+
+#endif /* FUNCINDEX_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * genam.h--
+ * POSTGRES general access method definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef GENAM_H
+#define GENAM_H
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/istrat.h"
+#include "access/itup.h"
+#include "access/relscan.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "access/funcindex.h"
+
+/* ----------------
+ * generalized index_ interface routines
+ * ----------------
+ */
+extern Relation index_open(Oid relationId);
+extern Relation index_openr(char *relationName);
+extern void index_close(Relation relation);
+extern InsertIndexResult index_insert(Relation relation,
+ IndexTuple indexTuple);
+extern void index_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer indexItem);
+extern IndexScanDesc index_beginscan(Relation relation, bool scanFromEnd,
+ uint16 numberOfKeys, ScanKey key);
+extern void index_rescan(IndexScanDesc scan, bool scanFromEnd, ScanKey key);
+extern void index_endscan(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void index_markpos(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void index_restrpos(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern RetrieveIndexResult index_getnext(IndexScanDesc scan,
+ ScanDirection direction);
+extern RegProcedure index_getprocid(Relation irel, AttrNumber attnum,
+ uint16 procnum);
+extern Datum GetIndexValue(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc hTupDesc,
+ int attOff, AttrNumber attrNums[], FuncIndexInfo *fInfo,
+ bool *attNull, Buffer buffer);
+
+/* in genam.c */
+extern IndexScanDesc RelationGetIndexScan(Relation relation, bool scanFromEnd,
+ uint16 numberOfKeys, ScanKey key);
+extern void IndexScanRestart(IndexScanDesc scan, bool scanFromEnd,
+ ScanKey key);
+extern void IndexScanEnd(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void IndexScanMarkPosition(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void IndexScanRestorePosition(IndexScanDesc scan);
+
+#endif /* GENAM_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hash.h--
+ * header file for postgres hash access method implementation
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ * modeled after Margo Seltzer's hash implementation for unix.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef HASH_H
+#define HASH_H
+
+#include "access/itup.h"
+
+/*
+ * An overflow page is a spare page allocated for storing data whose
+ * bucket doesn't have room to store it. We use overflow pages rather
+ * than just splitting the bucket because there is a linear order in
+ * the way we split buckets. In other words, if there isn't enough space
+ * in the bucket itself, put it in an overflow page.
+ *
+ * Overflow page addresses are stored in form: (Splitnumber, Page offset).
+ *
+ * A splitnumber is the number of the generation where the table doubles
+ * in size. The ovflpage's offset within the splitnumber; offsets start
+ * at 1.
+ *
+ * We convert the stored bitmap address into a page address with the
+ * macro OADDR_OF(S, O) where S is the splitnumber and O is the page
+ * offset.
+ */
+typedef uint32 Bucket;
+typedef bits16 OverflowPageAddress;
+typedef uint32 SplitNumber;
+typedef uint32 PageOffset;
+
+/* A valid overflow address will always have a page offset >= 1 */
+#define InvalidOvflAddress 0
+
+#define SPLITSHIFT 11
+#define SPLITMASK 0x7FF
+#define SPLITNUM(N) ((SplitNumber)(((uint32)(N)) >> SPLITSHIFT))
+#define OPAGENUM(N) ((PageOffset)((N) & SPLITMASK))
+#define OADDR_OF(S,O) ((OverflowPageAddress)((uint32)((uint32)(S) << SPLITSHIFT) + (O)))
+
+#define BUCKET_TO_BLKNO(B) \
+ ((Bucket) ((B) + ((B) ? metap->SPARES[_hash_log2((B)+1)-1] : 0)) + 1)
+#define OADDR_TO_BLKNO(B) \
+ ((BlockNumber) \
+ (BUCKET_TO_BLKNO ( (1 << SPLITNUM((B))) -1 ) + OPAGENUM((B))));
+
+/*
+ * hasho_flag tells us which type of page we're looking at. For
+ * example, knowing overflow pages from bucket pages is necessary
+ * information when you're deleting tuples from a page. If all the
+ * tuples are deleted from an overflow page, the overflow is made
+ * available to other buckets by calling _hash_freeovflpage(). If all
+ * the tuples are deleted from a bucket page, no additional action is
+ * necessary.
+ */
+
+#define LH_UNUSED_PAGE (0)
+#define LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE (1 << 0)
+#define LH_BUCKET_PAGE (1 << 1)
+#define LH_BITMAP_PAGE (1 << 2)
+#define LH_META_PAGE (1 << 3)
+
+typedef struct HashPageOpaqueData {
+ bits16 hasho_flag; /* is this page a bucket or ovfl */
+ Bucket hasho_bucket; /* bucket number this pg belongs to */
+ OverflowPageAddress hasho_oaddr; /* ovfl address of this ovfl pg */
+ BlockNumber hasho_nextblkno; /* next ovfl blkno */
+ BlockNumber hasho_prevblkno; /* previous ovfl (or bucket) blkno */
+} HashPageOpaqueData;
+
+typedef HashPageOpaqueData *HashPageOpaque;
+
+/*
+ * ScanOpaqueData is used to remember which buffers we're currently
+ * examining in the scan. We keep these buffers locked and pinned and
+ * recorded in the opaque entry of the scan in order to avoid doing a
+ * ReadBuffer() for every tuple in the index. This avoids semop() calls,
+ * which are expensive.
+ */
+
+typedef struct HashScanOpaqueData {
+ Buffer hashso_curbuf;
+ Buffer hashso_mrkbuf;
+} HashScanOpaqueData;
+
+typedef HashScanOpaqueData *HashScanOpaque;
+
+/*
+ * Definitions for metapage.
+ */
+
+#define HASH_METAPAGE 0 /* metapage is always block 0 */
+
+#define HASH_MAGIC 0x6440640
+#define HASH_VERSION 0
+
+/*
+ * NCACHED is used to set the array sizeof spares[] & bitmaps[].
+ *
+ * Spares[] is used to hold the number overflow pages currently
+ * allocated at a certain splitpoint. For example, if spares[3] = 7
+ * then there are a maximum of 7 ovflpages available at splitpoint 3.
+ * The value in spares[] will change as ovflpages are added within
+ * a splitpoint.
+ *
+ * Within a splitpoint, one can find which ovflpages are available and
+ * which are used by looking at a bitmaps that are stored on the ovfl
+ * pages themselves. There is at least one bitmap for every splitpoint's
+ * ovflpages. Bitmaps[] contains the ovflpage addresses of the ovflpages
+ * that hold the ovflpage bitmaps.
+ *
+ * The reason that the size is restricted to NCACHED (32) is because
+ * the bitmaps are 16 bits: upper 5 represent the splitpoint, lower 11
+ * indicate the page number within the splitpoint. Since there are
+ * only 5 bits to store the splitpoint, there can only be 32 splitpoints.
+ * Both spares[] and bitmaps[] use splitpoints as there indices, so there
+ * can only be 32 of them.
+ */
+
+#define NCACHED 32
+
+
+typedef struct HashMetaPageData {
+ PageHeaderData hashm_phdr; /* pad for page header
+ (do not use) */
+ uint32 hashm_magic; /* magic no. for hash tables */
+ uint32 hashm_version; /* version ID */
+ uint32 hashm_nkeys; /* number of keys stored in
+ the table */
+ uint16 hashm_ffactor; /* fill factor */
+ uint16 hashm_bsize; /* bucket size (bytes) -
+ must be a power of 2 */
+ uint16 hashm_bshift; /* bucket shift */
+ uint16 hashm_bmsize; /* bitmap array size (bytes) -
+ must be a power of 2 */
+ uint32 hashm_maxbucket; /* ID of maximum bucket
+ in use */
+ uint32 hashm_highmask; /* mask to modulo into
+ entire table */
+ uint32 hashm_lowmask; /* mask to modulo into lower
+ half of table */
+ uint32 hashm_ovflpoint; /* pageno. from which ovflpgs
+ being allocated */
+ uint32 hashm_lastfreed; /* last ovflpage freed */
+ uint32 hashm_nmaps; /* Initial number of bitmaps */
+ uint32 hashm_spares[NCACHED]; /* spare pages available at
+ splitpoints */
+ BlockNumber hashm_mapp[NCACHED]; /* blknumbers of ovfl page
+ maps */
+ RegProcedure hashm_procid; /* hash procedure id from
+ pg_proc */
+} HashMetaPageData;
+
+typedef HashMetaPageData *HashMetaPage;
+
+/* Short hands for accessing structure */
+#define BSHIFT hashm_bshift
+#define OVFL_POINT hashm_ovflpoint
+#define LAST_FREED hashm_lastfreed
+#define MAX_BUCKET hashm_maxbucket
+#define FFACTOR hashm_ffactor
+#define HIGH_MASK hashm_highmask
+#define LOW_MASK hashm_lowmask
+#define NKEYS hashm_nkeys
+#define SPARES hashm_spares
+
+extern bool BuildingHash;
+
+typedef struct HashItemData {
+ IndexTupleData hash_itup;
+} HashItemData;
+
+typedef HashItemData *HashItem;
+
+/*
+ * Constants
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_FFACTOR 300
+#define SPLITMAX 8
+#define BYTE_TO_BIT 3 /* 2^3 bits/byte */
+#define INT_TO_BYTE 2 /* 2^2 bytes/int */
+#define INT_TO_BIT 5 /* 2^5 bits/int */
+#define ALL_SET ((uint32) ~0)
+
+/*
+ * bitmap pages do not contain tuples. they do contain the standard
+ * page headers and trailers; however, everything in between is a
+ * giant bit array. the number of bits that fit on a page obviously
+ * depends on the page size and the header/trailer overhead.
+ */
+#define BMPGSZ_BYTE(metap) ((metap)->hashm_bmsize)
+#define BMPGSZ_BIT(metap) ((metap)->hashm_bmsize << BYTE_TO_BIT)
+#define HashPageGetBitmap(pg) \
+ ((uint32 *) (((char *) (pg)) + DOUBLEALIGN(sizeof(PageHeaderData))))
+
+/*
+ * The number of bits in an ovflpage bitmap which
+ * tells which ovflpages are empty versus in use (NOT the number of
+ * bits in an overflow page *address* bitmap).
+ */
+#define BITS_PER_MAP 32 /* Number of bits in ovflpage bitmap */
+
+/* Given the address of the beginning of a big map, clear/set the nth bit */
+#define CLRBIT(A, N) ((A)[(N)/BITS_PER_MAP] &= ~(1<<((N)%BITS_PER_MAP)))
+#define SETBIT(A, N) ((A)[(N)/BITS_PER_MAP] |= (1<<((N)%BITS_PER_MAP)))
+#define ISSET(A, N) ((A)[(N)/BITS_PER_MAP] & (1<<((N)%BITS_PER_MAP)))
+
+/*
+ * page locking modes
+ */
+#define HASH_READ 0
+#define HASH_WRITE 1
+
+/*
+ * In general, the hash code tries to localize its knowledge about page
+ * layout to a couple of routines. However, we need a special value to
+ * indicate "no page number" in those places where we expect page numbers.
+ */
+
+#define P_NONE 0
+
+/*
+ * Strategy number. There's only one valid strategy for hashing: equality.
+ */
+
+#define HTEqualStrategyNumber 1
+#define HTMaxStrategyNumber 1
+
+/*
+ * When a new operator class is declared, we require that the user supply
+ * us with an amproc procudure for hashing a key of the new type.
+ * Since we only have one such proc in amproc, it's number 1.
+ */
+
+#define HASHPROC 1
+
+/* public routines */
+
+extern void hashbuild(Relation heap, Relation index, int natts,
+ AttrNumber *attnum, IndexStrategy istrat, uint16 pcount,
+ Datum *params, FuncIndexInfo *finfo, PredInfo *predInfo);
+extern InsertIndexResult hashinsert(Relation rel, IndexTuple itup);
+extern char *hashgettuple(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir);
+extern char *hashbeginscan(Relation rel, bool fromEnd, uint16 keysz,
+ ScanKey scankey);
+extern void hashrescan(IndexScanDesc scan, bool fromEnd, ScanKey scankey);
+extern void hashendscan(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void hashmarkpos(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void hashrestrpos(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void hashdelete(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid);
+
+/* hashfunc.c */
+extern uint32 hashint2(int16 key);
+extern uint32 hashint4(uint32 key);
+extern uint32 hashfloat4(float32 keyp);
+extern uint32 hashfloat8(float64 keyp);
+extern uint32 hashoid(Oid key);
+extern uint32 hashchar(char key);
+extern uint32 hashchar2(uint16 intkey);
+extern uint32 hashchar4(uint32 intkey);
+extern uint32 hashchar8(char *key);
+extern uint32 hashchar16(char *key);
+extern uint32 hashtext(struct varlena *key);
+
+/* private routines */
+
+/* hashinsert.c */
+extern InsertIndexResult _hash_doinsert(Relation rel, HashItem hitem);
+
+
+/* hashovfl.c */
+extern Buffer _hash_addovflpage(Relation rel, Buffer *metabufp, Buffer buf);
+extern Buffer _hash_freeovflpage(Relation rel, Buffer ovflbuf);
+extern int32 _hash_initbitmap(Relation rel, HashMetaPage metap, int32 pnum,
+ int32 nbits, int32 ndx);
+extern void _hash_squeezebucket(Relation rel, HashMetaPage metap,
+ Bucket bucket);
+
+
+/* hashpage.c */
+extern void _hash_metapinit(Relation rel);
+extern Buffer _hash_getbuf(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access);
+extern void _hash_relbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf, int access);
+extern void _hash_wrtbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf);
+extern void _hash_wrtnorelbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf);
+extern Page _hash_chgbufaccess(Relation rel, Buffer *bufp, int from_access,
+ int to_access);
+extern void _hash_pageinit(Page page, Size size);
+extern void _hash_pagedel(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid);
+extern void _hash_expandtable(Relation rel, Buffer metabuf);
+
+
+/* hashscan.c */
+extern void _hash_regscan(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void _hash_dropscan(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void _hash_adjscans(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid);
+
+
+/* hashsearch.c */
+extern void _hash_search(Relation rel, int keysz, ScanKey scankey,
+ Buffer *bufP, HashMetaPage metap);
+extern RetrieveIndexResult _hash_next(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir);
+extern RetrieveIndexResult _hash_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir);
+extern bool _hash_step(IndexScanDesc scan, Buffer *bufP, ScanDirection dir,
+ Buffer metabuf);
+
+
+/* hashstrat.c */
+extern StrategyNumber _hash_getstrat(Relation rel, AttrNumber attno,
+ RegProcedure proc);
+extern bool _hash_invokestrat(Relation rel, AttrNumber attno,
+ StrategyNumber strat, Datum left, Datum right);
+
+
+/* hashutil.c */
+extern ScanKey _hash_mkscankey(Relation rel, IndexTuple itup,
+ HashMetaPage metap);
+extern void _hash_freeskey(ScanKey skey);
+extern bool _hash_checkqual(IndexScanDesc scan, IndexTuple itup);
+extern HashItem _hash_formitem(IndexTuple itup);
+extern Bucket _hash_call(Relation rel, HashMetaPage metap, Datum key);
+extern uint32 _hash_log2(uint32 num);
+extern void _hash_checkpage(Page page, int flags);
+
+#endif /* HASH_H */
--- /dev/null
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+# Makefile for access/hash (hash access method)
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+# $Header$
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SUBSRCS+= hash.c hashfunc.c hashinsert.c hashovfl.c hashpage.c hashscan.c \
+ hashsearch.c hashstrat.c hashutil.c
+
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hash.c--
+ * Implementation of Margo Seltzer's Hashing package for postgres.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ * This file contains only the public interface routines.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "access/hash.h"
+#include "access/funcindex.h"
+#include "nodes/execnodes.h"
+#include "nodes/plannodes.h"
+#include "executor/executor.h"
+#include "executor/tuptable.h"
+#include "catalog/index.h"
+
+
+bool BuildingHash = false;
+
+/*
+ * hashbuild() -- build a new hash index.
+ *
+ * We use a global variable to record the fact that we're creating
+ * a new index. This is used to avoid high-concurrency locking,
+ * since the index won't be visible until this transaction commits
+ * and since building is guaranteed to be single-threaded.
+ */
+void
+hashbuild(Relation heap,
+ Relation index,
+ int natts,
+ AttrNumber *attnum,
+ IndexStrategy istrat,
+ uint16 pcount,
+ Datum *params,
+ FuncIndexInfo *finfo,
+ PredInfo *predInfo)
+{
+ HeapScanDesc hscan;
+ Buffer buffer;
+ HeapTuple htup;
+ IndexTuple itup;
+ TupleDesc htupdesc, itupdesc;
+ Datum *attdata;
+ bool *nulls;
+ InsertIndexResult res;
+ int nhtups, nitups;
+ int i;
+ HashItem hitem;
+ ExprContext *econtext;
+ TupleTable tupleTable;
+ TupleTableSlot *slot;
+ Oid hrelid, irelid;
+ Node *pred, *oldPred;
+
+ /* note that this is a new btree */
+ BuildingHash = true;
+
+ pred = predInfo->pred;
+ oldPred = predInfo->oldPred;
+
+ /* initialize the hash index metadata page (if this is a new index) */
+ if (oldPred == NULL)
+ _hash_metapinit(index);
+
+ /* get tuple descriptors for heap and index relations */
+ htupdesc = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(heap);
+ itupdesc = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(index);
+
+ /* get space for data items that'll appear in the index tuple */
+ attdata = (Datum *) palloc(natts * sizeof(Datum));
+ nulls = (bool *) palloc(natts * sizeof(bool));
+
+ /*
+ * If this is a predicate (partial) index, we will need to evaluate the
+ * predicate using ExecQual, which requires the current tuple to be in a
+ * slot of a TupleTable. In addition, ExecQual must have an ExprContext
+ * referring to that slot. Here, we initialize dummy TupleTable and
+ * ExprContext objects for this purpose. --Nels, Feb '92
+ */
+#ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
+ if (pred != NULL || oldPred != NULL) {
+ tupleTable = ExecCreateTupleTable(1);
+ slot = ExecAllocTableSlot(tupleTable);
+ econtext = makeNode(ExprContext);
+ FillDummyExprContext(econtext, slot, htupdesc, buffer);
+ }
+#endif /* OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX */
+
+ /* start a heap scan */
+ hscan = heap_beginscan(heap, 0, NowTimeQual, 0, (ScanKey) NULL);
+ htup = heap_getnext(hscan, 0, &buffer);
+
+ /* build the index */
+ nhtups = nitups = 0;
+
+ for (; HeapTupleIsValid(htup); htup = heap_getnext(hscan, 0, &buffer)) {
+
+ nhtups++;
+
+ /*
+ * If oldPred != NULL, this is an EXTEND INDEX command, so skip
+ * this tuple if it was already in the existing partial index
+ */
+ if (oldPred != NULL) {
+ /*SetSlotContents(slot, htup); */
+#ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
+ slot->val = htup;
+ if (ExecQual((List*)oldPred, econtext) == true) {
+ nitups++;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif /* OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX */
+ }
+
+ /* Skip this tuple if it doesn't satisfy the partial-index predicate */
+ if (pred != NULL) {
+#ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
+ /*SetSlotContents(slot, htup); */
+ slot->val = htup;
+ if (ExecQual((List*)pred, econtext) == false)
+ continue;
+#endif /* OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX */
+}
+
+ nitups++;
+
+ /*
+ * For the current heap tuple, extract all the attributes
+ * we use in this index, and note which are null.
+ */
+ for (i = 1; i <= natts; i++) {
+ int attoff;
+ bool attnull;
+
+ /*
+ * Offsets are from the start of the tuple, and are
+ * zero-based; indices are one-based. The next call
+ * returns i - 1. That's data hiding for you.
+ */
+
+ /* attoff = i - 1 */
+ attoff = AttrNumberGetAttrOffset(i);
+
+ /* below, attdata[attoff] set to equal some datum &
+ * attnull is changed to indicate whether or not the attribute
+ * is null for this tuple
+ */
+ attdata[attoff] = GetIndexValue(htup,
+ htupdesc,
+ attoff,
+ attnum,
+ finfo,
+ &attnull,
+ buffer);
+ nulls[attoff] = (attnull ? 'n' : ' ');
+ }
+
+ /* form an index tuple and point it at the heap tuple */
+ itup = index_formtuple(itupdesc, attdata, nulls);
+
+ /*
+ * If the single index key is null, we don't insert it into
+ * the index. Hash tables support scans on '='.
+ * Relational algebra says that A = B
+ * returns null if either A or B is null. This
+ * means that no qualification used in an index scan could ever
+ * return true on a null attribute. It also means that indices
+ * can't be used by ISNULL or NOTNULL scans, but that's an
+ * artifact of the strategy map architecture chosen in 1986, not
+ * of the way nulls are handled here.
+ */
+
+ if (itup->t_info & INDEX_NULL_MASK) {
+ pfree(itup);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ itup->t_tid = htup->t_ctid;
+ hitem = _hash_formitem(itup);
+ res = _hash_doinsert(index, hitem);
+ pfree(hitem);
+ pfree(itup);
+ pfree(res);
+ }
+
+ /* okay, all heap tuples are indexed */
+ heap_endscan(hscan);
+
+ if (pred != NULL || oldPred != NULL) {
+#ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
+ ExecDestroyTupleTable(tupleTable, true);
+ pfree(econtext);
+#endif /* OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX */
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Since we just counted the tuples in the heap, we update its
+ * stats in pg_class to guarantee that the planner takes advantage
+ * of the index we just created. Finally, only update statistics
+ * during normal index definitions, not for indices on system catalogs
+ * created during bootstrap processing. We must close the relations
+ * before updatings statistics to guarantee that the relcache entries
+ * are flushed when we increment the command counter in UpdateStats().
+ */
+ if (IsNormalProcessingMode())
+ {
+ hrelid = heap->rd_id;
+ irelid = index->rd_id;
+ heap_close(heap);
+ index_close(index);
+ UpdateStats(hrelid, nhtups, true);
+ UpdateStats(irelid, nitups, false);
+ if (oldPred != NULL) {
+ if (nitups == nhtups) pred = NULL;
+ UpdateIndexPredicate(irelid, oldPred, pred);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* be tidy */
+ pfree(nulls);
+ pfree(attdata);
+
+ /* all done */
+ BuildingHash = false;
+}
+
+/*
+ * hashinsert() -- insert an index tuple into a hash table.
+ *
+ * Hash on the index tuple's key, find the appropriate location
+ * for the new tuple, put it there, and return an InsertIndexResult
+ * to the caller.
+ */
+InsertIndexResult
+hashinsert(Relation rel, IndexTuple itup)
+{
+ HashItem hitem;
+ InsertIndexResult res;
+
+ if (itup->t_info & INDEX_NULL_MASK)
+ return ((InsertIndexResult) NULL);
+
+ hitem = _hash_formitem(itup);
+
+ res = _hash_doinsert(rel, hitem);
+
+ pfree(hitem);
+
+ return (res);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * hashgettuple() -- Get the next tuple in the scan.
+ */
+char *
+hashgettuple(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir)
+{
+ RetrieveIndexResult res;
+
+ /*
+ * If we've already initialized this scan, we can just advance it
+ * in the appropriate direction. If we haven't done so yet, we
+ * call a routine to get the first item in the scan.
+ */
+
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(scan->currentItemData)))
+ res = _hash_next(scan, dir);
+ else
+ res = _hash_first(scan, dir);
+
+ return ((char *) res);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * hashbeginscan() -- start a scan on a hash index
+ */
+char *
+hashbeginscan(Relation rel,
+ bool fromEnd,
+ uint16 keysz,
+ ScanKey scankey)
+{
+ IndexScanDesc scan;
+ HashScanOpaque so;
+
+ scan = RelationGetIndexScan(rel, fromEnd, keysz, scankey);
+ so = (HashScanOpaque) palloc(sizeof(HashScanOpaqueData));
+ so->hashso_curbuf = so->hashso_mrkbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ scan->opaque = so;
+ scan->flags = 0x0;
+
+ /* register scan in case we change pages it's using */
+ _hash_regscan(scan);
+
+ return ((char *) scan);
+}
+
+/*
+ * hashrescan() -- rescan an index relation
+ */
+void
+hashrescan(IndexScanDesc scan, bool fromEnd, ScanKey scankey)
+{
+ ItemPointer iptr;
+ HashScanOpaque so;
+
+ so = (HashScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+
+ /* we hold a read lock on the current page in the scan */
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentItemData))) {
+ _hash_relbuf(scan->relation, so->hashso_curbuf, HASH_READ);
+ so->hashso_curbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+ }
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentMarkData))) {
+ _hash_relbuf(scan->relation, so->hashso_mrkbuf, HASH_READ);
+ so->hashso_mrkbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+ }
+
+ /* reset the scan key */
+ if (scan->numberOfKeys > 0) {
+ memmove(scan->keyData,
+ scankey,
+ scan->numberOfKeys * sizeof(ScanKeyData));
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * hashendscan() -- close down a scan
+ */
+void
+hashendscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+
+ ItemPointer iptr;
+ HashScanOpaque so;
+
+ so = (HashScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+
+ /* release any locks we still hold */
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentItemData))) {
+ _hash_relbuf(scan->relation, so->hashso_curbuf, HASH_READ);
+ so->hashso_curbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+ }
+
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentMarkData))) {
+ if (BufferIsValid(so->hashso_mrkbuf))
+ _hash_relbuf(scan->relation, so->hashso_mrkbuf, HASH_READ);
+ so->hashso_mrkbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+ }
+
+ /* don't need scan registered anymore */
+ _hash_dropscan(scan);
+
+ /* be tidy */
+#ifdef PERFECT_MMGR
+ pfree (scan->opaque);
+#endif /* PERFECT_MMGR */
+}
+
+/*
+ * hashmarkpos() -- save current scan position
+ *
+ */
+void
+hashmarkpos(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+ ItemPointer iptr;
+ HashScanOpaque so;
+
+ /* see if we ever call this code. if we do, then so_mrkbuf a
+ * useful element in the scan->opaque structure. if this procedure
+ * is never called, so_mrkbuf should be removed from the scan->opaque
+ * structure.
+ */
+ elog(NOTICE, "Hashmarkpos() called.");
+
+ so = (HashScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+
+ /* release lock on old marked data, if any */
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentMarkData))) {
+ _hash_relbuf(scan->relation, so->hashso_mrkbuf, HASH_READ);
+ so->hashso_mrkbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+ }
+
+ /* bump lock on currentItemData and copy to currentMarkData */
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(scan->currentItemData))) {
+ so->hashso_mrkbuf = _hash_getbuf(scan->relation,
+ BufferGetBlockNumber(so->hashso_curbuf),
+ HASH_READ);
+ scan->currentMarkData = scan->currentItemData;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * hashrestrpos() -- restore scan to last saved position
+ */
+void
+hashrestrpos(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+ ItemPointer iptr;
+ HashScanOpaque so;
+
+ /* see if we ever call this code. if we do, then so_mrkbuf a
+ * useful element in the scan->opaque structure. if this procedure
+ * is never called, so_mrkbuf should be removed from the scan->opaque
+ * structure.
+ */
+ elog(NOTICE, "Hashrestrpos() called.");
+
+ so = (HashScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+
+ /* release lock on current data, if any */
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentItemData))) {
+ _hash_relbuf(scan->relation, so->hashso_curbuf, HASH_READ);
+ so->hashso_curbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+ }
+
+ /* bump lock on currentMarkData and copy to currentItemData */
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(scan->currentMarkData))) {
+ so->hashso_curbuf =
+ _hash_getbuf(scan->relation,
+ BufferGetBlockNumber(so->hashso_mrkbuf),
+ HASH_READ);
+
+ scan->currentItemData = scan->currentMarkData;
+ }
+}
+
+/* stubs */
+void
+hashdelete(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid)
+{
+ /* adjust any active scans that will be affected by this deletion */
+ _hash_adjscans(rel, tid);
+
+ /* delete the data from the page */
+ _hash_pagedel(rel, tid);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hashfunc.c--
+ * Comparison functions for hash access method.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ * These functions are stored in pg_amproc. For each operator class
+ * defined on hash tables, they compute the hash value of the argument.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+#include "utils/nabstime.h"
+
+uint32 hashint2(int16 key)
+{
+ return ((uint32) ~key);
+}
+
+uint32 hashint4(uint32 key)
+{
+ return (~key);
+}
+
+/* Hash function from Chris Torek. */
+uint32 hashfloat4(float32 keyp)
+{
+ int len;
+ int loop;
+ uint32 h;
+ char *kp = (char *) keyp;
+
+ len = sizeof(float32data);
+
+#define HASH4a h = (h << 5) - h + *kp++;
+#define HASH4b h = (h << 5) + h + *kp++;
+#define HASH4 HASH4b
+
+
+ h = 0;
+ if (len > 0) {
+ loop = (len + 8 - 1) >> 3;
+
+ switch (len & (8 - 1)) {
+ case 0:
+ do { /* All fall throughs */
+ HASH4;
+ case 7:
+ HASH4;
+ case 6:
+ HASH4;
+ case 5:
+ HASH4;
+ case 4:
+ HASH4;
+ case 3:
+ HASH4;
+ case 2:
+ HASH4;
+ case 1:
+ HASH4;
+ } while (--loop);
+ }
+ }
+ return (h);
+}
+
+
+uint32 hashfloat8(float64 keyp)
+{
+ int len;
+ int loop;
+ uint32 h;
+ char *kp = (char *) keyp;
+
+ len = sizeof(float64data);
+
+#define HASH4a h = (h << 5) - h + *kp++;
+#define HASH4b h = (h << 5) + h + *kp++;
+#define HASH4 HASH4b
+
+
+ h = 0;
+ if (len > 0) {
+ loop = (len + 8 - 1) >> 3;
+
+ switch (len & (8 - 1)) {
+ case 0:
+ do { /* All fall throughs */
+ HASH4;
+ case 7:
+ HASH4;
+ case 6:
+ HASH4;
+ case 5:
+ HASH4;
+ case 4:
+ HASH4;
+ case 3:
+ HASH4;
+ case 2:
+ HASH4;
+ case 1:
+ HASH4;
+ } while (--loop);
+ }
+ }
+ return (h);
+}
+
+
+uint32 hashoid(Oid key)
+{
+ return ((uint32) ~key);
+}
+
+
+uint32 hashchar(char key)
+{
+ int len;
+ uint32 h;
+
+ len = sizeof(char);
+
+#define PRIME1 37
+#define PRIME2 1048583
+
+ h = 0;
+ /* Convert char to integer */
+ h = h * PRIME1 ^ (key - ' ');
+ h %= PRIME2;
+
+ return (h);
+}
+
+uint32 hashchar2(uint16 intkey)
+{
+ uint32 h;
+ int len;
+ char *key = (char *) &intkey;
+
+ h = 0;
+ len = sizeof(uint16);
+ /* Convert string to integer */
+ while (len--)
+ h = h * PRIME1 ^ (*key++ - ' ');
+ h %= PRIME2;
+
+ return (h);
+}
+
+uint32 hashchar4(uint32 intkey)
+{
+ uint32 h;
+ int len;
+ char *key = (char *) &intkey;
+
+ h = 0;
+ len = sizeof(uint32);
+ /* Convert string to integer */
+ while (len--)
+ h = h * PRIME1 ^ (*key++ - ' ');
+ h %= PRIME2;
+
+ return (h);
+}
+
+uint32 hashchar8(char *key)
+{
+ uint32 h;
+ int len;
+
+ h = 0;
+ len = sizeof(char8);
+ /* Convert string to integer */
+ while (len--)
+ h = h * PRIME1 ^ (*key++ - ' ');
+ h %= PRIME2;
+
+ return (h);
+}
+
+uint32 hashname(NameData *n)
+{
+ uint32 h;
+ int len;
+ char *key;
+
+ key = n->data;
+
+ h = 0;
+ len = NAMEDATALEN;
+ /* Convert string to integer */
+ while (len--)
+ h = h * PRIME1 ^ (*key++ - ' ');
+ h %= PRIME2;
+
+ return (h);
+}
+
+
+uint32 hashchar16(char *key)
+{
+ uint32 h;
+ int len;
+
+ h = 0;
+ len = sizeof(char16);
+ /* Convert string to integer */
+ while (len--)
+ h = h * PRIME1 ^ (*key++ - ' ');
+ h %= PRIME2;
+
+ return (h);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * (Comment from the original db3 hashing code: )
+ *
+ * "This is INCREDIBLY ugly, but fast. We break the string up into 8 byte
+ * units. On the first time through the loop we get the 'leftover bytes'
+ * (strlen % 8). On every other iteration, we perform 8 HASHC's so we handle
+ * all 8 bytes. Essentially, this saves us 7 cmp & branch instructions. If
+ * this routine is heavily used enough, it's worth the ugly coding.
+ *
+ * "OZ's original sdbm hash"
+ */
+uint32 hashtext(struct varlena *key)
+{
+ int keylen;
+ char *keydata;
+ uint32 n;
+ int loop;
+
+ keydata = VARDATA(key);
+ keylen = VARSIZE(key);
+
+ /* keylen includes the four bytes in which string keylength is stored */
+ keylen -= sizeof(VARSIZE(key));
+
+#define HASHC n = *keydata++ + 65599 * n
+
+ n = 0;
+ if (keylen > 0) {
+ loop = (keylen + 8 - 1) >> 3;
+
+ switch (keylen & (8 - 1)) {
+ case 0:
+ do { /* All fall throughs */
+ HASHC;
+ case 7:
+ HASHC;
+ case 6:
+ HASHC;
+ case 5:
+ HASHC;
+ case 4:
+ HASHC;
+ case 3:
+ HASHC;
+ case 2:
+ HASHC;
+ case 1:
+ HASHC;
+ } while (--loop);
+ }
+ }
+ return (n);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hashinsert.c--
+ * Item insertion in hash tables for Postgres.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/hash.h"
+
+static InsertIndexResult _hash_insertonpg(Relation rel, Buffer buf, int keysz, ScanKey scankey, HashItem hitem, Buffer metabuf);
+static OffsetNumber _hash_pgaddtup(Relation rel, Buffer buf, int keysz, ScanKey itup_scankey, Size itemsize, HashItem hitem);
+
+/*
+ * _hash_doinsert() -- Handle insertion of a single HashItem in the table.
+ *
+ * This routine is called by the public interface routines, hashbuild
+ * and hashinsert. By here, hashitem is filled in, and has a unique
+ * (xid, seqno) pair. The datum to be used as a "key" is in the
+ * hashitem.
+ */
+InsertIndexResult
+_hash_doinsert(Relation rel, HashItem hitem)
+{
+ Buffer buf;
+ Buffer metabuf;
+ BlockNumber blkno;
+ HashMetaPage metap;
+ IndexTuple itup;
+ InsertIndexResult res;
+ ScanKey itup_scankey;
+ int natts;
+ Page page;
+
+ metabuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, HASH_METAPAGE, HASH_READ);
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+ _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+
+ /* we need a scan key to do our search, so build one */
+ itup = &(hitem->hash_itup);
+ if ((natts = rel->rd_rel->relnatts) != 1)
+ elog(WARN, "Hash indices valid for only one index key.");
+ itup_scankey = _hash_mkscankey(rel, itup, metap);
+
+ /*
+ * find the first page in the bucket chain containing this key and
+ * place it in buf. _hash_search obtains a read lock for us.
+ */
+ _hash_search(rel, natts, itup_scankey, &buf, metap);
+ page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+ _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE);
+
+ /*
+ * trade in our read lock for a write lock so that we can do the
+ * insertion.
+ */
+ blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, buf, HASH_READ);
+ buf = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_WRITE);
+
+
+ /*
+ * XXX btree comment (haven't decided what to do in hash): don't
+ * think the bucket can be split while we're reading the metapage.
+ *
+ * If the page was split between the time that we surrendered our
+ * read lock and acquired our write lock, then this page may no
+ * longer be the right place for the key we want to insert.
+ */
+
+ /* do the insertion */
+ res = _hash_insertonpg(rel, buf, natts, itup_scankey,
+ hitem, metabuf);
+
+ /* be tidy */
+ _hash_freeskey(itup_scankey);
+
+ return (res);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_insertonpg() -- Insert a tuple on a particular page in the table.
+ *
+ * This recursive procedure does the following things:
+ *
+ * + if necessary, splits the target page.
+ * + inserts the tuple.
+ *
+ * On entry, we must have the right buffer on which to do the
+ * insertion, and the buffer must be pinned and locked. On return,
+ * we will have dropped both the pin and the write lock on the buffer.
+ *
+ */
+static InsertIndexResult
+_hash_insertonpg(Relation rel,
+ Buffer buf,
+ int keysz,
+ ScanKey scankey,
+ HashItem hitem,
+ Buffer metabuf)
+{
+ InsertIndexResult res;
+ Page page;
+ BlockNumber itup_blkno;
+ OffsetNumber itup_off;
+ int itemsz;
+ HashPageOpaque pageopaque;
+ bool do_expand = false;
+ Buffer ovflbuf;
+ HashMetaPage metap;
+ Bucket bucket;
+
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+ _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+
+ page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+ _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ pageopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+ bucket = pageopaque->hasho_bucket;
+
+ itemsz = IndexTupleDSize(hitem->hash_itup)
+ + (sizeof(HashItemData) - sizeof(IndexTupleData));
+ itemsz = DOUBLEALIGN(itemsz);
+
+ while (PageGetFreeSpace(page) < itemsz) {
+ /*
+ * no space on this page; check for an overflow page
+ */
+ if (BlockNumberIsValid(pageopaque->hasho_nextblkno)) {
+ /*
+ * ovfl page exists; go get it. if it doesn't have room,
+ * we'll find out next pass through the loop test above.
+ */
+ ovflbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, pageopaque->hasho_nextblkno,
+ HASH_WRITE);
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, buf, HASH_WRITE);
+ buf = ovflbuf;
+ page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * we're at the end of the bucket chain and we haven't
+ * found a page with enough room. allocate a new overflow
+ * page.
+ */
+ do_expand = true;
+ ovflbuf = _hash_addovflpage(rel, &metabuf, buf);
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, buf, HASH_WRITE);
+ buf = ovflbuf;
+ page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+
+ if (PageGetFreeSpace(page) < itemsz) {
+ /* it doesn't fit on an empty page -- give up */
+ elog(WARN, "hash item too large");
+ }
+ }
+ _hash_checkpage(page, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ pageopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+ Assert(pageopaque->hasho_bucket == bucket);
+ }
+
+ itup_off = _hash_pgaddtup(rel, buf, keysz, scankey, itemsz, hitem);
+ itup_blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+
+ /* by here, the new tuple is inserted */
+ res = (InsertIndexResult) palloc(sizeof(InsertIndexResultData));
+
+ ItemPointerSet(&(res->pointerData), itup_blkno, itup_off);
+
+ if (res != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Increment the number of keys in the table.
+ * We switch lock access type just for a moment
+ * to allow greater accessibility to the metapage.
+ */
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, &metabuf,
+ HASH_READ, HASH_WRITE);
+ metap->hashm_nkeys += 1;
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, &metabuf,
+ HASH_WRITE, HASH_READ);
+
+ }
+
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, buf);
+
+ if (do_expand ||
+ (metap->hashm_nkeys / (metap->hashm_maxbucket + 1))
+ > metap->hashm_ffactor) {
+ _hash_expandtable(rel, metabuf);
+ }
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, metabuf, HASH_READ);
+ return (res);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_pgaddtup() -- add a tuple to a particular page in the index.
+ *
+ * This routine adds the tuple to the page as requested, and keeps the
+ * write lock and reference associated with the page's buffer. It is
+ * an error to call pgaddtup() without a write lock and reference.
+ */
+static OffsetNumber
+_hash_pgaddtup(Relation rel,
+ Buffer buf,
+ int keysz,
+ ScanKey itup_scankey,
+ Size itemsize,
+ HashItem hitem)
+{
+ OffsetNumber itup_off;
+ Page page;
+
+ page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+ _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+
+ itup_off = OffsetNumberNext(PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page));
+ (void) PageAddItem(page, (Item) hitem, itemsize, itup_off, LP_USED);
+
+ /* write the buffer, but hold our lock */
+ _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, buf);
+
+ return (itup_off);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hashovfl.c--
+ * Overflow page management code for the Postgres hash access method
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ * Overflow pages look like ordinary relation pages.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/hash.h"
+
+static OverflowPageAddress _hash_getovfladdr(Relation rel, Buffer *metabufp);
+static uint32 _hash_firstfreebit(uint32 map);
+
+/*
+ * _hash_addovflpage
+ *
+ * Add an overflow page to the page currently pointed to by the buffer
+ * argument 'buf'.
+ *
+ * *Metabufp has a read lock upon entering the function; buf has a
+ * write lock.
+ *
+ */
+Buffer
+_hash_addovflpage(Relation rel, Buffer *metabufp, Buffer buf)
+{
+
+ OverflowPageAddress oaddr;
+ BlockNumber ovflblkno;
+ Buffer ovflbuf;
+ HashMetaPage metap;
+ HashPageOpaque ovflopaque;
+ HashPageOpaque pageopaque;
+ Page page;
+ Page ovflpage;
+
+ /* this had better be the last page in a bucket chain */
+ page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+ _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ pageopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+ Assert(!BlockNumberIsValid(pageopaque->hasho_nextblkno));
+
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(*metabufp);
+ _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+
+ /* allocate an empty overflow page */
+ oaddr = _hash_getovfladdr(rel, metabufp);
+ if (oaddr == InvalidOvflAddress) {
+ elog(WARN, "_hash_addovflpage: problem with _hash_getovfladdr.");
+ }
+ ovflblkno = OADDR_TO_BLKNO(OADDR_OF(SPLITNUM(oaddr), OPAGENUM(oaddr)));
+ Assert(BlockNumberIsValid(ovflblkno));
+ ovflbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, ovflblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+ Assert(BufferIsValid(ovflbuf));
+ ovflpage = BufferGetPage(ovflbuf);
+
+ /* initialize the new overflow page */
+ _hash_pageinit(ovflpage, BufferGetPageSize(ovflbuf));
+ ovflopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(ovflpage);
+ ovflopaque->hasho_prevblkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+ ovflopaque->hasho_nextblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+ ovflopaque->hasho_flag = LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE;
+ ovflopaque->hasho_oaddr = oaddr;
+ ovflopaque->hasho_bucket = pageopaque->hasho_bucket;
+ _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, ovflbuf);
+
+ /* logically chain overflow page to previous page */
+ pageopaque->hasho_nextblkno = ovflblkno;
+ _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, buf);
+ return (ovflbuf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_getovfladdr()
+ *
+ * Find an available overflow page and return its address.
+ *
+ * When we enter this function, we have a read lock on *metabufp which
+ * we change to a write lock immediately. Before exiting, the write lock
+ * is exchanged for a read lock.
+ *
+ */
+static OverflowPageAddress
+_hash_getovfladdr(Relation rel, Buffer *metabufp)
+{
+ HashMetaPage metap;
+ Buffer mapbuf;
+ BlockNumber blkno;
+ PageOffset offset;
+ OverflowPageAddress oaddr;
+ SplitNumber splitnum;
+ uint32 *freep;
+ uint32 max_free;
+ uint32 bit;
+ uint32 first_page;
+ uint32 free_bit;
+ uint32 free_page;
+ uint32 in_use_bits;
+ uint32 i, j;
+
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, metabufp, HASH_READ, HASH_WRITE);
+
+ splitnum = metap->OVFL_POINT;
+ max_free = metap->SPARES[splitnum];
+
+ free_page = (max_free - 1) >> (metap->BSHIFT + BYTE_TO_BIT);
+ free_bit = (max_free - 1) & (BMPGSZ_BIT(metap) - 1);
+
+ /* Look through all the free maps to find the first free block */
+ first_page = metap->LAST_FREED >> (metap->BSHIFT + BYTE_TO_BIT);
+ for ( i = first_page; i <= free_page; i++ ) {
+ Page mappage;
+
+ blkno = metap->hashm_mapp[i];
+ mapbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_WRITE);
+ mappage = BufferGetPage(mapbuf);
+ _hash_checkpage(mappage, LH_BITMAP_PAGE);
+ freep = HashPageGetBitmap(mappage);
+ Assert(freep);
+
+ if (i == free_page)
+ in_use_bits = free_bit;
+ else
+ in_use_bits = BMPGSZ_BIT(metap) - 1;
+
+ if (i == first_page) {
+ bit = metap->LAST_FREED & (BMPGSZ_BIT(metap) - 1);
+ j = bit / BITS_PER_MAP;
+ bit = bit & ~(BITS_PER_MAP - 1);
+ } else {
+ bit = 0;
+ j = 0;
+ }
+ for (; bit <= in_use_bits; j++, bit += BITS_PER_MAP)
+ if (freep[j] != ALL_SET)
+ goto found;
+ }
+
+ /* No Free Page Found - have to allocate a new page */
+ metap->LAST_FREED = metap->SPARES[splitnum];
+ metap->SPARES[splitnum]++;
+ offset = metap->SPARES[splitnum] -
+ (splitnum ? metap->SPARES[splitnum - 1] : 0);
+
+#define OVMSG "HASH: Out of overflow pages. Out of luck.\n"
+
+ if (offset > SPLITMASK) {
+ if (++splitnum >= NCACHED) {
+ elog(WARN, OVMSG);
+ }
+ metap->OVFL_POINT = splitnum;
+ metap->SPARES[splitnum] = metap->SPARES[splitnum-1];
+ metap->SPARES[splitnum-1]--;
+ offset = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if we need to allocate a new bitmap page */
+ if (free_bit == BMPGSZ_BIT(metap) - 1) {
+ /* won't be needing old map page */
+
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, mapbuf, HASH_WRITE);
+
+ free_page++;
+ if (free_page >= NCACHED) {
+ elog(WARN, OVMSG);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * This is tricky. The 1 indicates that you want the new page
+ * allocated with 1 clear bit. Actually, you are going to
+ * allocate 2 pages from this map. The first is going to be
+ * the map page, the second is the overflow page we were
+ * looking for. The init_bitmap routine automatically, sets
+ * the first bit of itself to indicate that the bitmap itself
+ * is in use. We would explicitly set the second bit, but
+ * don't have to if we tell init_bitmap not to leave it clear
+ * in the first place.
+ */
+ if (_hash_initbitmap(rel, metap, OADDR_OF(splitnum, offset),
+ 1, free_page)) {
+ elog(WARN, "overflow_page: problem with _hash_initbitmap.");
+ }
+ metap->SPARES[splitnum]++;
+ offset++;
+ if (offset > SPLITMASK) {
+ if (++splitnum >= NCACHED) {
+ elog(WARN, OVMSG);
+ }
+ metap->OVFL_POINT = splitnum;
+ metap->SPARES[splitnum] = metap->SPARES[splitnum-1];
+ metap->SPARES[splitnum-1]--;
+ offset = 0;
+ }
+ } else {
+
+ /*
+ * Free_bit addresses the last used bit. Bump it to address
+ * the first available bit.
+ */
+ free_bit++;
+ SETBIT(freep, free_bit);
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, mapbuf);
+ }
+
+ /* Calculate address of the new overflow page */
+ oaddr = OADDR_OF(splitnum, offset);
+ _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, metabufp, HASH_WRITE, HASH_READ);
+ return (oaddr);
+
+ found:
+ bit = bit + _hash_firstfreebit(freep[j]);
+ SETBIT(freep, bit);
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, mapbuf);
+
+ /*
+ * Bits are addressed starting with 0, but overflow pages are addressed
+ * beginning at 1. Bit is a bit addressnumber, so we need to increment
+ * it to convert it to a page number.
+ */
+
+ bit = 1 + bit + (i * BMPGSZ_BIT(metap));
+ if (bit >= metap->LAST_FREED) {
+ metap->LAST_FREED = bit - 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Calculate the split number for this page */
+ for (i = 0; (i < splitnum) && (bit > metap->SPARES[i]); i++)
+ ;
+ offset = (i ? bit - metap->SPARES[i - 1] : bit);
+ if (offset >= SPLITMASK) {
+ elog(WARN, OVMSG);
+ }
+
+ /* initialize this page */
+ oaddr = OADDR_OF(i, offset);
+ _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, metabufp, HASH_WRITE, HASH_READ);
+ return (oaddr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_firstfreebit()
+ *
+ * Return the first bit that is not set in the argument 'map'. This
+ * function is used to find an available overflow page within a
+ * splitnumber.
+ *
+ */
+static uint32
+_hash_firstfreebit(uint32 map)
+{
+ uint32 i, mask;
+
+ mask = 0x1;
+ for (i = 0; i < BITS_PER_MAP; i++) {
+ if (!(mask & map))
+ return (i);
+ mask = mask << 1;
+ }
+ return (i);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_freeovflpage() -
+ *
+ * Mark this overflow page as free and return a buffer with
+ * the page that follows it (which may be defined as
+ * InvalidBuffer).
+ *
+ */
+Buffer
+_hash_freeovflpage(Relation rel, Buffer ovflbuf)
+{
+ HashMetaPage metap;
+ Buffer metabuf;
+ Buffer mapbuf;
+ BlockNumber prevblkno;
+ BlockNumber blkno;
+ BlockNumber nextblkno;
+ HashPageOpaque ovflopaque;
+ Page ovflpage;
+ Page mappage;
+ OverflowPageAddress addr;
+ SplitNumber splitnum;
+ uint32 *freep;
+ uint32 ovflpgno;
+ int32 bitmappage, bitmapbit;
+ Bucket bucket;
+
+ metabuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, HASH_METAPAGE, HASH_WRITE);
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+ _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+
+ ovflpage = BufferGetPage(ovflbuf);
+ _hash_checkpage(ovflpage, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ ovflopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(ovflpage);
+ addr = ovflopaque->hasho_oaddr;
+ nextblkno = ovflopaque->hasho_nextblkno;
+ prevblkno = ovflopaque->hasho_prevblkno;
+ bucket = ovflopaque->hasho_bucket;
+ (void) memset(ovflpage, 0, BufferGetPageSize(ovflbuf));
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, ovflbuf);
+
+ /*
+ * fix up the bucket chain. this is a doubly-linked list, so we
+ * must fix up the bucket chain members behind and ahead of the
+ * overflow page being deleted.
+ *
+ * XXX this should look like:
+ * - lock prev/next
+ * - modify/write prev/next (how to do write ordering with a
+ * doubly-linked list???)
+ * - unlock prev/next
+ */
+ if (BlockNumberIsValid(prevblkno)) {
+ Buffer prevbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, prevblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+ Page prevpage = BufferGetPage(prevbuf);
+ HashPageOpaque prevopaque =
+ (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(prevpage);
+
+ _hash_checkpage(prevpage, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ Assert(prevopaque->hasho_bucket == bucket);
+ prevopaque->hasho_nextblkno = nextblkno;
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, prevbuf);
+ }
+ if (BlockNumberIsValid(nextblkno)) {
+ Buffer nextbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, nextblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+ Page nextpage = BufferGetPage(nextbuf);
+ HashPageOpaque nextopaque =
+ (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(nextpage);
+
+ _hash_checkpage(nextpage, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ Assert(nextopaque->hasho_bucket == bucket);
+ nextopaque->hasho_prevblkno = prevblkno;
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, nextbuf);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Fix up the overflow page bitmap that tracks this particular
+ * overflow page. The bitmap can be found in the MetaPageData
+ * array element hashm_mapp[bitmappage].
+ */
+ splitnum = (addr >> SPLITSHIFT);
+ ovflpgno =
+ (splitnum ? metap->SPARES[splitnum - 1] : 0) + (addr & SPLITMASK) - 1;
+
+ if (ovflpgno < metap->LAST_FREED) {
+ metap->LAST_FREED = ovflpgno;
+ }
+
+ bitmappage = (ovflpgno >> (metap->BSHIFT + BYTE_TO_BIT));
+ bitmapbit = ovflpgno & (BMPGSZ_BIT(metap) - 1);
+
+ blkno = metap->hashm_mapp[bitmappage];
+ mapbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_WRITE);
+ mappage = BufferGetPage(mapbuf);
+ _hash_checkpage(mappage, LH_BITMAP_PAGE);
+ freep = HashPageGetBitmap(mappage);
+ CLRBIT(freep, bitmapbit);
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, mapbuf);
+
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, metabuf, HASH_WRITE);
+
+ /*
+ * now instantiate the page that replaced this one,
+ * if it exists, and return that buffer with a write lock.
+ */
+ if (BlockNumberIsValid(nextblkno)) {
+ return (_hash_getbuf(rel, nextblkno, HASH_WRITE));
+ } else {
+ return (InvalidBuffer);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * _hash_initbitmap()
+ *
+ * Initialize a new bitmap page. The metapage has a write-lock upon
+ * entering the function.
+ *
+ * 'pnum' is the OverflowPageAddress of the new bitmap page.
+ * 'nbits' is how many bits to clear (i.e., make available) in the new
+ * bitmap page. the remainder of the bits (as well as the first bit,
+ * representing the bitmap page itself) will be set.
+ * 'ndx' is the 0-based offset of the new bitmap page within the
+ * metapage's array of bitmap page OverflowPageAddresses.
+ */
+
+#define INT_MASK ((1 << INT_TO_BIT) -1)
+
+int32
+_hash_initbitmap(Relation rel,
+ HashMetaPage metap,
+ int32 pnum,
+ int32 nbits,
+ int32 ndx)
+{
+ Buffer buf;
+ BlockNumber blkno;
+ Page pg;
+ HashPageOpaque op;
+ uint32 *freep;
+ int clearbytes, clearints;
+
+ blkno = OADDR_TO_BLKNO(pnum);
+ buf = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_WRITE);
+ pg = BufferGetPage(buf);
+ _hash_pageinit(pg, BufferGetPageSize(buf));
+ op = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(pg);
+ op->hasho_oaddr = InvalidOvflAddress;
+ op->hasho_prevblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+ op->hasho_nextblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+ op->hasho_flag = LH_BITMAP_PAGE;
+ op->hasho_bucket = -1;
+
+ freep = HashPageGetBitmap(pg);
+
+ /* set all of the bits above 'nbits' to 1 */
+ clearints = ((nbits - 1) >> INT_TO_BIT) + 1;
+ clearbytes = clearints << INT_TO_BYTE;
+ (void) memset((char *) freep, 0, clearbytes);
+ (void) memset(((char *) freep) + clearbytes, 0xFF,
+ BMPGSZ_BYTE(metap) - clearbytes);
+ freep[clearints - 1] = ALL_SET << (nbits & INT_MASK);
+
+ /* bit 0 represents the new bitmap page */
+ SETBIT(freep, 0);
+
+ /* metapage already has a write lock */
+ metap->hashm_nmaps++;
+ metap->hashm_mapp[ndx] = blkno;
+
+ /* write out the new bitmap page (releasing its locks) */
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, buf);
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * _hash_squeezebucket(rel, bucket)
+ *
+ * Try to squeeze the tuples onto pages occuring earlier in the
+ * bucket chain in an attempt to free overflow pages. When we start
+ * the "squeezing", the page from which we start taking tuples (the
+ * "read" page) is the last bucket in the bucket chain and the page
+ * onto which we start squeezing tuples (the "write" page) is the
+ * first page in the bucket chain. The read page works backward and
+ * the write page works forward; the procedure terminates when the
+ * read page and write page are the same page.
+ */
+void
+_hash_squeezebucket(Relation rel,
+ HashMetaPage metap,
+ Bucket bucket)
+{
+ Buffer wbuf;
+ Buffer rbuf;
+ BlockNumber wblkno;
+ BlockNumber rblkno;
+ Page wpage;
+ Page rpage;
+ HashPageOpaque wopaque;
+ HashPageOpaque ropaque;
+ OffsetNumber woffnum;
+ OffsetNumber roffnum;
+ HashItem hitem;
+ int itemsz;
+
+/* elog(DEBUG, "_hash_squeezebucket: squeezing bucket %d", bucket); */
+
+ /*
+ * start squeezing into the base bucket page.
+ */
+ wblkno = BUCKET_TO_BLKNO(bucket);
+ wbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, wblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+ wpage = BufferGetPage(wbuf);
+ _hash_checkpage(wpage, LH_BUCKET_PAGE);
+ wopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(wpage);
+
+ /*
+ * if there aren't any overflow pages, there's nothing to squeeze.
+ */
+ if (!BlockNumberIsValid(wopaque->hasho_nextblkno)) {
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, wbuf, HASH_WRITE);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * find the last page in the bucket chain by starting at the base
+ * bucket page and working forward.
+ *
+ * XXX if chains tend to be long, we should probably move forward
+ * using HASH_READ and then _hash_chgbufaccess to HASH_WRITE when
+ * we reach the end. if they are short we probably don't care
+ * very much. if the hash function is working at all, they had
+ * better be short..
+ */
+ ropaque = wopaque;
+ do {
+ rblkno = ropaque->hasho_nextblkno;
+ if (ropaque != wopaque) {
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, rbuf, HASH_WRITE);
+ }
+ rbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, rblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+ rpage = BufferGetPage(rbuf);
+ _hash_checkpage(rpage, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ Assert(!PageIsEmpty(rpage));
+ ropaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(rpage);
+ Assert(ropaque->hasho_bucket == bucket);
+ } while (BlockNumberIsValid(ropaque->hasho_nextblkno));
+
+ /*
+ * squeeze the tuples.
+ */
+ roffnum = FirstOffsetNumber;
+ for(;;) {
+ hitem = (HashItem) PageGetItem(rpage, PageGetItemId(rpage, roffnum));
+ itemsz = IndexTupleDSize(hitem->hash_itup)
+ + (sizeof(HashItemData) - sizeof(IndexTupleData));
+ itemsz = DOUBLEALIGN(itemsz);
+
+ /*
+ * walk up the bucket chain, looking for a page big enough for
+ * this item.
+ */
+ while (PageGetFreeSpace(wpage) < itemsz) {
+ wblkno = wopaque->hasho_nextblkno;
+
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, wbuf);
+
+ if (!BlockNumberIsValid(wblkno) || (rblkno == wblkno)) {
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, rbuf);
+ /* wbuf is already released */
+ return;
+ }
+
+ wbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, wblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+ wpage = BufferGetPage(wbuf);
+ _hash_checkpage(wpage, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ Assert(!PageIsEmpty(wpage));
+ wopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(wpage);
+ Assert(wopaque->hasho_bucket == bucket);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * if we're here, we have found room so insert on the "write"
+ * page.
+ */
+ woffnum = OffsetNumberNext(PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(wpage));
+ (void) PageAddItem(wpage, (Item) hitem, itemsz, woffnum, LP_USED);
+
+ /*
+ * delete the tuple from the "read" page.
+ * PageIndexTupleDelete repacks the ItemId array, so 'roffnum'
+ * will be "advanced" to the "next" ItemId.
+ */
+ PageIndexTupleDelete(rpage, roffnum);
+ _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, rbuf);
+
+ /*
+ * if the "read" page is now empty because of the deletion,
+ * free it.
+ */
+ if (PageIsEmpty(rpage) && (ropaque->hasho_flag & LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE)) {
+ rblkno = ropaque->hasho_prevblkno;
+ Assert(BlockNumberIsValid(rblkno));
+
+ /*
+ * free this overflow page. the extra _hash_relbuf is
+ * because _hash_freeovflpage gratuitously returns the
+ * next page (we want the previous page and will get it
+ * ourselves later).
+ */
+ rbuf = _hash_freeovflpage(rel, rbuf);
+ if (BufferIsValid(rbuf)) {
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, rbuf, HASH_WRITE);
+ }
+
+ if (rblkno == wblkno) {
+ /* rbuf is already released */
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, wbuf);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ rbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, rblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+ rpage = BufferGetPage(rbuf);
+ _hash_checkpage(rpage, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ Assert(!PageIsEmpty(rpage));
+ ropaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(rpage);
+ Assert(ropaque->hasho_bucket == bucket);
+
+ roffnum = FirstOffsetNumber;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hashpage.c--
+ * Hash table page management code for the Postgres hash access method
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ * Postgres hash pages look like ordinary relation pages. The opaque
+ * data at high addresses includes information about the page including
+ * whether a page is an overflow page or a true bucket, the block
+ * numbers of the preceding and following pages, and the overflow
+ * address of the page if it is an overflow page.
+ *
+ * The first page in a hash relation, page zero, is special -- it stores
+ * information describing the hash table; it is referred to as teh
+ * "meta page." Pages one and higher store the actual data.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/hash.h"
+
+static void _hash_setpagelock(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access);
+static void _hash_unsetpagelock(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access);
+static void _hash_splitpage(Relation rel, Buffer metabuf, Bucket obucket, Bucket nbucket);
+
+/*
+ * We use high-concurrency locking on hash indices. There are two cases in
+ * which we don't do locking. One is when we're building the index.
+ * Since the creating transaction has not committed, no one can see
+ * the index, and there's no reason to share locks. The second case
+ * is when we're just starting up the database system. We use some
+ * special-purpose initialization code in the relation cache manager
+ * (see utils/cache/relcache.c) to allow us to do indexed scans on
+ * the system catalogs before we'd normally be able to. This happens
+ * before the lock table is fully initialized, so we can't use it.
+ * Strictly speaking, this violates 2pl, but we don't do 2pl on the
+ * system catalogs anyway.
+ */
+
+
+#define USELOCKING (!BuildingHash && !IsInitProcessingMode())
+
+
+/*
+ * _hash_metapinit() -- Initialize the metadata page of a hash index,
+ * the two buckets that we begin with and the initial
+ * bitmap page.
+ */
+void
+_hash_metapinit(Relation rel)
+{
+ HashMetaPage metap;
+ HashPageOpaque pageopaque;
+ Buffer metabuf;
+ Buffer buf;
+ Page pg;
+ int nbuckets;
+ uint32 nelem; /* number elements */
+ uint32 lg2nelem; /* _hash_log2(nelem) */
+ uint32 nblocks;
+ uint16 i;
+
+ /* can't be sharing this with anyone, now... */
+ if (USELOCKING)
+ RelationSetLockForWrite(rel);
+
+ if ((nblocks = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(rel)) != 0) {
+ elog(WARN, "Cannot initialize non-empty hash table %s",
+ RelationGetRelationName(rel));
+ }
+
+ metabuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, HASH_METAPAGE, HASH_WRITE);
+ pg = BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) pg;
+ _hash_pageinit(pg, BufferGetPageSize(metabuf));
+
+ metap->hashm_magic = HASH_MAGIC;
+ metap->hashm_version = HASH_VERSION;
+ metap->hashm_nkeys = 0;
+ metap->hashm_nmaps = 0;
+ metap->hashm_ffactor = DEFAULT_FFACTOR;
+ metap->hashm_bsize = BufferGetPageSize(metabuf);
+ metap->hashm_bshift = _hash_log2(metap->hashm_bsize);
+ for (i = metap->hashm_bshift; i > 0; --i) {
+ if ((1 << i) < (metap->hashm_bsize -
+ (DOUBLEALIGN(sizeof(PageHeaderData)) +
+ DOUBLEALIGN(sizeof(HashPageOpaqueData))))) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ Assert(i);
+ metap->hashm_bmsize = 1 << i;
+ metap->hashm_procid = index_getprocid(rel, 1, HASHPROC);
+
+ /*
+ * Make nelem = 2 rather than 0 so that we end up allocating space
+ * for the next greater power of two number of buckets.
+ */
+ nelem = 2;
+ lg2nelem = 1; /*_hash_log2(MAX(nelem, 2)) */
+ nbuckets = 2; /*1 << lg2nelem */
+
+ memset((char *) metap->hashm_spares, 0, sizeof(metap->hashm_spares));
+ memset((char *) metap->hashm_mapp, 0, sizeof(metap->hashm_mapp));
+
+ metap->hashm_spares[lg2nelem] = 2; /* lg2nelem + 1 */
+ metap->hashm_spares[lg2nelem + 1] = 2; /* lg2nelem + 1 */
+ metap->hashm_ovflpoint = 1; /* lg2nelem */
+ metap->hashm_lastfreed = 2;
+
+ metap->hashm_maxbucket = metap->hashm_lowmask = 1; /* nbuckets - 1 */
+ metap->hashm_highmask = 3; /* (nbuckets << 1) - 1 */
+
+ pageopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(pg);
+ pageopaque->hasho_oaddr = InvalidOvflAddress;
+ pageopaque->hasho_prevblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+ pageopaque->hasho_nextblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+ pageopaque->hasho_flag = LH_META_PAGE;
+ pageopaque->hasho_bucket = -1;
+
+ /*
+ * First bitmap page is at: splitpoint lg2nelem page offset 1 which
+ * turns out to be page 3. Couldn't initialize page 3 until we created
+ * the first two buckets above.
+ */
+ if (_hash_initbitmap(rel, metap, OADDR_OF(lg2nelem, 1), lg2nelem + 1, 0))
+ elog(WARN, "Problem with _hash_initbitmap.");
+
+ /* all done */
+ _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, metabuf);
+
+ /*
+ * initialize the first two buckets
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i <= 1; i++) {
+ buf = _hash_getbuf(rel, BUCKET_TO_BLKNO(i), HASH_WRITE);
+ pg = BufferGetPage(buf);
+ _hash_pageinit(pg, BufferGetPageSize(buf));
+ pageopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(pg);
+ pageopaque->hasho_oaddr = InvalidOvflAddress;
+ pageopaque->hasho_prevblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+ pageopaque->hasho_nextblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+ pageopaque->hasho_flag = LH_BUCKET_PAGE;
+ pageopaque->hasho_bucket = i;
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, buf);
+ }
+
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, metabuf, HASH_WRITE);
+
+ if (USELOCKING)
+ RelationUnsetLockForWrite(rel);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_getbuf() -- Get a buffer by block number for read or write.
+ *
+ * When this routine returns, the appropriate lock is set on the
+ * requested buffer its reference count is correct.
+ *
+ * XXX P_NEW is not used because, unlike the tree structures, we
+ * need the bucket blocks to be at certain block numbers. we must
+ * depend on the caller to call _hash_pageinit on the block if it
+ * knows that this is a new block.
+ */
+Buffer
+_hash_getbuf(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access)
+{
+ Buffer buf;
+
+ if (blkno == P_NEW) {
+ elog(WARN, "_hash_getbuf: internal error: hash AM does not use P_NEW");
+ }
+ switch (access) {
+ case HASH_WRITE:
+ case HASH_READ:
+ _hash_setpagelock(rel, blkno, access);
+ break;
+ default:
+ elog(WARN, "_hash_getbuf: invalid access (%d) on new blk: %.*s",
+ access, NAMEDATALEN, RelationGetRelationName(rel));
+ break;
+ }
+ buf = ReadBuffer(rel, blkno);
+
+ /* ref count and lock type are correct */
+ return (buf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_relbuf() -- release a locked buffer.
+ */
+void
+_hash_relbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf, int access)
+{
+ BlockNumber blkno;
+
+ blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+
+ switch (access) {
+ case HASH_WRITE:
+ case HASH_READ:
+ _hash_unsetpagelock(rel, blkno, access);
+ break;
+ default:
+ elog(WARN, "_hash_relbuf: invalid access (%d) on blk %x: %.*s",
+ access, blkno, NAMEDATALEN, RelationGetRelationName(rel));
+ }
+
+ ReleaseBuffer(buf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_wrtbuf() -- write a hash page to disk.
+ *
+ * This routine releases the lock held on the buffer and our reference
+ * to it. It is an error to call _hash_wrtbuf() without a write lock
+ * or a reference to the buffer.
+ */
+void
+_hash_wrtbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf)
+{
+ BlockNumber blkno;
+
+ blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+ WriteBuffer(buf);
+ _hash_unsetpagelock(rel, blkno, HASH_WRITE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_wrtnorelbuf() -- write a hash page to disk, but do not release
+ * our reference or lock.
+ *
+ * It is an error to call _hash_wrtnorelbuf() without a write lock
+ * or a reference to the buffer.
+ */
+void
+_hash_wrtnorelbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf)
+{
+ BlockNumber blkno;
+
+ blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+ WriteNoReleaseBuffer(buf);
+}
+
+Page
+_hash_chgbufaccess(Relation rel,
+ Buffer *bufp,
+ int from_access,
+ int to_access)
+{
+ BlockNumber blkno;
+
+ blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(*bufp);
+
+ switch (from_access) {
+ case HASH_WRITE:
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, *bufp);
+ break;
+ case HASH_READ:
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, *bufp, from_access);
+ break;
+ default:
+ elog(WARN, "_hash_chgbufaccess: invalid access (%d) on blk %x: %.*s",
+ from_access, blkno, NAMEDATALEN, RelationGetRelationName(rel));
+ break;
+ }
+ *bufp = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, to_access);
+ return (BufferGetPage(*bufp));
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_pageinit() -- Initialize a new page.
+ */
+void
+_hash_pageinit(Page page, Size size)
+{
+ Assert(((PageHeader) page)->pd_lower == 0);
+ Assert(((PageHeader) page)->pd_upper == 0);
+ Assert(((PageHeader) page)->pd_special == 0);
+
+ /*
+ * Cargo-cult programming -- don't really need this to be zero, but
+ * creating new pages is an infrequent occurrence and it makes me feel
+ * good when I know they're empty.
+ */
+ memset(page, 0, size);
+
+ PageInit(page, size, sizeof(HashPageOpaqueData));
+}
+
+static void
+_hash_setpagelock(Relation rel,
+ BlockNumber blkno,
+ int access)
+{
+ ItemPointerData iptr;
+
+ if (USELOCKING) {
+ ItemPointerSet(&iptr, blkno, 1);
+
+ switch (access) {
+ case HASH_WRITE:
+ RelationSetSingleWLockPage(rel, &iptr);
+ break;
+ case HASH_READ:
+ RelationSetSingleRLockPage(rel, &iptr);
+ break;
+ default:
+ elog(WARN, "_hash_setpagelock: invalid access (%d) on blk %x: %.*s",
+ access, blkno, NAMEDATALEN, RelationGetRelationName(rel));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+_hash_unsetpagelock(Relation rel,
+ BlockNumber blkno,
+ int access)
+{
+ ItemPointerData iptr;
+
+ if (USELOCKING) {
+ ItemPointerSet(&iptr, blkno, 1);
+
+ switch (access) {
+ case HASH_WRITE:
+ RelationUnsetSingleWLockPage(rel, &iptr);
+ break;
+ case HASH_READ:
+ RelationUnsetSingleRLockPage(rel, &iptr);
+ break;
+ default:
+ elog(WARN, "_hash_unsetpagelock: invalid access (%d) on blk %x: %.*s",
+ access, blkno, NAMEDATALEN, RelationGetRelationName(rel));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void
+_hash_pagedel(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid)
+{
+ Buffer buf;
+ Buffer metabuf;
+ Page page;
+ BlockNumber blkno;
+ OffsetNumber offno;
+ HashMetaPage metap;
+ HashPageOpaque opaque;
+
+ blkno = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid);
+ offno = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid);
+
+ buf = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_WRITE);
+ page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+ _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ opaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+
+ PageIndexTupleDelete(page, offno);
+ _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, buf);
+
+ if (PageIsEmpty(page) && (opaque->hasho_flag & LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE)) {
+ buf = _hash_freeovflpage(rel, buf);
+ if (BufferIsValid(buf)) {
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, buf, HASH_WRITE);
+ }
+ } else {
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, buf, HASH_WRITE);
+ }
+
+ metabuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, HASH_METAPAGE, HASH_WRITE);
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+ _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+ ++metap->hashm_nkeys;
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, metabuf);
+}
+
+void
+_hash_expandtable(Relation rel, Buffer metabuf)
+{
+ HashMetaPage metap;
+ Bucket old_bucket;
+ Bucket new_bucket;
+ uint32 spare_ndx;
+
+/* elog(DEBUG, "_hash_expandtable: expanding..."); */
+
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+ _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, &metabuf, HASH_READ, HASH_WRITE);
+ new_bucket = ++metap->MAX_BUCKET;
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, &metabuf, HASH_WRITE, HASH_READ);
+ old_bucket = (metap->MAX_BUCKET & metap->LOW_MASK);
+
+ /*
+ * If the split point is increasing (MAX_BUCKET's log base 2
+ * * increases), we need to copy the current contents of the spare
+ * split bucket to the next bucket.
+ */
+ spare_ndx = _hash_log2(metap->MAX_BUCKET + 1);
+ if (spare_ndx > metap->OVFL_POINT) {
+
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, &metabuf, HASH_READ, HASH_WRITE);
+ metap->SPARES[spare_ndx] = metap->SPARES[metap->OVFL_POINT];
+ metap->OVFL_POINT = spare_ndx;
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, &metabuf, HASH_WRITE, HASH_READ);
+ }
+
+ if (new_bucket > metap->HIGH_MASK) {
+
+ /* Starting a new doubling */
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, &metabuf, HASH_READ, HASH_WRITE);
+ metap->LOW_MASK = metap->HIGH_MASK;
+ metap->HIGH_MASK = new_bucket | metap->LOW_MASK;
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, &metabuf, HASH_WRITE, HASH_READ);
+
+ }
+ /* Relocate records to the new bucket */
+ _hash_splitpage(rel, metabuf, old_bucket, new_bucket);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * _hash_splitpage -- split 'obucket' into 'obucket' and 'nbucket'
+ *
+ * this routine is actually misnamed -- we are splitting a bucket that
+ * consists of a base bucket page and zero or more overflow (bucket
+ * chain) pages.
+ */
+static void
+_hash_splitpage(Relation rel,
+ Buffer metabuf,
+ Bucket obucket,
+ Bucket nbucket)
+{
+ Bucket bucket;
+ Buffer obuf;
+ Buffer nbuf;
+ Buffer ovflbuf;
+ BlockNumber oblkno;
+ BlockNumber nblkno;
+ bool null;
+ Datum datum;
+ HashItem hitem;
+ HashPageOpaque oopaque;
+ HashPageOpaque nopaque;
+ HashMetaPage metap;
+ IndexTuple itup;
+ int itemsz;
+ OffsetNumber ooffnum;
+ OffsetNumber noffnum;
+ OffsetNumber omaxoffnum;
+ Page opage;
+ Page npage;
+ TupleDesc itupdesc;
+
+/* elog(DEBUG, "_hash_splitpage: splitting %d into %d,%d",
+ obucket, obucket, nbucket);
+*/
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+ _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+
+ /* get the buffers & pages */
+ oblkno = BUCKET_TO_BLKNO(obucket);
+ nblkno = BUCKET_TO_BLKNO(nbucket);
+ obuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, oblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+ nbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, nblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+ opage = BufferGetPage(obuf);
+ npage = BufferGetPage(nbuf);
+
+ /* initialize the new bucket */
+ _hash_pageinit(npage, BufferGetPageSize(nbuf));
+ nopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(npage);
+ nopaque->hasho_prevblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+ nopaque->hasho_nextblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+ nopaque->hasho_flag = LH_BUCKET_PAGE;
+ nopaque->hasho_oaddr = InvalidOvflAddress;
+ nopaque->hasho_bucket = nbucket;
+ _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, nbuf);
+
+ /*
+ * make sure the old bucket isn't empty. advance 'opage' and
+ * friends through the overflow bucket chain until we find a
+ * non-empty page.
+ *
+ * XXX we should only need this once, if we are careful to
+ * preserve the invariant that overflow pages are never empty.
+ */
+ _hash_checkpage(opage, LH_BUCKET_PAGE);
+ oopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(opage);
+ if (PageIsEmpty(opage)) {
+ oblkno = oopaque->hasho_nextblkno;
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, obuf, HASH_WRITE);
+ if (!BlockNumberIsValid(oblkno)) {
+ /*
+ * the old bucket is completely empty; of course, the new
+ * bucket will be as well, but since it's a base bucket
+ * page we don't care.
+ */
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, nbuf, HASH_WRITE);
+ return;
+ }
+ obuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, oblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+ opage = BufferGetPage(obuf);
+ _hash_checkpage(opage, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ if (PageIsEmpty(opage)) {
+ elog(WARN, "_hash_splitpage: empty overflow page %d", oblkno);
+ }
+ oopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(opage);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * we are now guaranteed that 'opage' is not empty. partition the
+ * tuples in the old bucket between the old bucket and the new
+ * bucket, advancing along their respective overflow bucket chains
+ * and adding overflow pages as needed.
+ */
+ ooffnum = FirstOffsetNumber;
+ omaxoffnum = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(opage);
+ for (;;) {
+ /*
+ * at each iteration through this loop, each of these variables
+ * should be up-to-date: obuf opage oopaque ooffnum omaxoffnum
+ */
+
+ /* check if we're at the end of the page */
+ if (ooffnum > omaxoffnum) {
+ /* at end of page, but check for overflow page */
+ oblkno = oopaque->hasho_nextblkno;
+ if (BlockNumberIsValid(oblkno)) {
+ /*
+ * we ran out of tuples on this particular page, but
+ * we have more overflow pages; re-init values.
+ */
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, obuf);
+ obuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, oblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+ opage = BufferGetPage(obuf);
+ _hash_checkpage(opage, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ oopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(opage);
+
+ /* we're guaranteed that an ovfl page has at least 1 tuple */
+ if (PageIsEmpty(opage)) {
+ elog(WARN, "_hash_splitpage: empty ovfl page %d!",
+ oblkno);
+ }
+ ooffnum = FirstOffsetNumber;
+ omaxoffnum = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(opage);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * we're at the end of the bucket chain, so now we're
+ * really done with everything. before quitting, call
+ * _hash_squeezebucket to ensure the tuples in the
+ * bucket (including the overflow pages) are packed as
+ * tightly as possible.
+ */
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, obuf);
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, nbuf);
+ _hash_squeezebucket(rel, metap, obucket);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* hash on the tuple */
+ hitem = (HashItem) PageGetItem(opage, PageGetItemId(opage, ooffnum));
+ itup = &(hitem->hash_itup);
+ itupdesc = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(rel);
+ datum = index_getattr(itup, 1, itupdesc, &null);
+ bucket = _hash_call(rel, metap, datum);
+
+ if (bucket == nbucket) {
+ /*
+ * insert the tuple into the new bucket. if it doesn't
+ * fit on the current page in the new bucket, we must
+ * allocate a new overflow page and place the tuple on
+ * that page instead.
+ */
+ itemsz = IndexTupleDSize(hitem->hash_itup)
+ + (sizeof(HashItemData) - sizeof(IndexTupleData));
+
+ itemsz = DOUBLEALIGN(itemsz);
+
+ if (PageGetFreeSpace(npage) < itemsz) {
+ ovflbuf = _hash_addovflpage(rel, &metabuf, nbuf);
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, nbuf);
+ nbuf = ovflbuf;
+ npage = BufferGetPage(nbuf);
+ _hash_checkpage(npage, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ }
+
+ noffnum = OffsetNumberNext(PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(npage));
+ (void) PageAddItem(npage, (Item) hitem, itemsz, noffnum, LP_USED);
+ _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, nbuf);
+
+ /*
+ * now delete the tuple from the old bucket. after this
+ * section of code, 'ooffnum' will actually point to the
+ * ItemId to which we would point if we had advanced it
+ * before the deletion (PageIndexTupleDelete repacks the
+ * ItemId array). this also means that 'omaxoffnum' is
+ * exactly one less than it used to be, so we really can
+ * just decrement it instead of calling
+ * PageGetMaxOffsetNumber.
+ */
+ PageIndexTupleDelete(opage, ooffnum);
+ _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, obuf);
+ omaxoffnum = OffsetNumberPrev(omaxoffnum);
+
+ /*
+ * tidy up. if the old page was an overflow page and it
+ * is now empty, we must free it (we want to preserve the
+ * invariant that overflow pages cannot be empty).
+ */
+ if (PageIsEmpty(opage) &&
+ (oopaque->hasho_flag & LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE)) {
+ obuf = _hash_freeovflpage(rel, obuf);
+
+ /* check that we're not through the bucket chain */
+ if (BufferIsInvalid(obuf)) {
+ _hash_wrtbuf(rel, nbuf);
+ _hash_squeezebucket(rel, metap, obucket);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * re-init. again, we're guaranteed that an ovfl page
+ * has at least one tuple.
+ */
+ opage = BufferGetPage(obuf);
+ _hash_checkpage(opage, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ oblkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(obuf);
+ oopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(opage);
+ if (PageIsEmpty(opage)) {
+ elog(WARN, "_hash_splitpage: empty overflow page %d",
+ oblkno);
+ }
+ ooffnum = FirstOffsetNumber;
+ omaxoffnum = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(opage);
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * the tuple stays on this page. we didn't move anything,
+ * so we didn't delete anything and therefore we don't
+ * have to change 'omaxoffnum'.
+ *
+ * XXX any hash value from [0, nbucket-1] will map to this
+ * bucket, which doesn't make sense to me.
+ */
+ ooffnum = OffsetNumberNext(ooffnum);
+ }
+ }
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hashscan.c--
+ * manage scans on hash tables
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ * Because we can be doing an index scan on a relation while we
+ * update it, we need to avoid missing data that moves around in
+ * the index. The routines and global variables in this file
+ * guarantee that all scans in the local address space stay
+ * correctly positioned. This is all we need to worry about, since
+ * write locking guarantees that no one else will be on the same
+ * page at the same time as we are.
+ *
+ * The scheme is to manage a list of active scans in the current
+ * backend. Whenever we add or remove records from an index, we
+ * check the list of active scans to see if any has been affected.
+ * A scan is affected only if it is on the same relation, and the
+ * same page, as the update.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "access/hash.h"
+
+static void _hash_scandel(IndexScanDesc scan, BlockNumber blkno, OffsetNumber offno);
+static bool _hash_scantouched(IndexScanDesc scan, BlockNumber blkno, OffsetNumber offno);
+
+typedef struct HashScanListData {
+ IndexScanDesc hashsl_scan;
+ struct HashScanListData *hashsl_next;
+} HashScanListData;
+
+typedef HashScanListData *HashScanList;
+
+static HashScanList HashScans = (HashScanList) NULL;
+
+/*
+ * _Hash_regscan() -- register a new scan.
+ */
+void
+_hash_regscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+ HashScanList new_el;
+
+ new_el = (HashScanList) palloc(sizeof(HashScanListData));
+ new_el->hashsl_scan = scan;
+ new_el->hashsl_next = HashScans;
+ HashScans = new_el;
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_dropscan() -- drop a scan from the scan list
+ */
+void
+_hash_dropscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+ HashScanList chk, last;
+
+ last = (HashScanList) NULL;
+ for (chk = HashScans;
+ chk != (HashScanList) NULL && chk->hashsl_scan != scan;
+ chk = chk->hashsl_next) {
+ last = chk;
+ }
+
+ if (chk == (HashScanList) NULL)
+ elog(WARN, "hash scan list trashed; can't find 0x%lx", scan);
+
+ if (last == (HashScanList) NULL)
+ HashScans = chk->hashsl_next;
+ else
+ last->hashsl_next = chk->hashsl_next;
+
+#ifdef PERFECT_MEM
+ pfree (chk);
+#endif /* PERFECT_MEM */
+}
+
+void
+_hash_adjscans(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid)
+{
+ HashScanList l;
+ Oid relid;
+
+ relid = rel->rd_id;
+ for (l = HashScans; l != (HashScanList) NULL; l = l->hashsl_next) {
+ if (relid == l->hashsl_scan->relation->rd_id)
+ _hash_scandel(l->hashsl_scan, ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid),
+ ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid));
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+_hash_scandel(IndexScanDesc scan, BlockNumber blkno, OffsetNumber offno)
+{
+ ItemPointer current;
+ Buffer buf;
+ Buffer metabuf;
+ HashScanOpaque so;
+
+ if (!_hash_scantouched(scan, blkno, offno))
+ return;
+
+ metabuf = _hash_getbuf(scan->relation, HASH_METAPAGE, HASH_READ);
+
+ so = (HashScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+ buf = so->hashso_curbuf;
+
+ current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(current)
+ && ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(current) == blkno
+ && ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current) >= offno) {
+ _hash_step(scan, &buf, BackwardScanDirection, metabuf);
+ so->hashso_curbuf = buf;
+ }
+
+ current = &(scan->currentMarkData);
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(current)
+ && ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(current) == blkno
+ && ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current) >= offno) {
+ ItemPointerData tmp;
+ tmp = *current;
+ *current = scan->currentItemData;
+ scan->currentItemData = tmp;
+ _hash_step(scan, &buf, BackwardScanDirection, metabuf);
+ so->hashso_mrkbuf = buf;
+ tmp = *current;
+ *current = scan->currentItemData;
+ scan->currentItemData = tmp;
+ }
+}
+
+static bool
+_hash_scantouched(IndexScanDesc scan,
+ BlockNumber blkno,
+ OffsetNumber offno)
+{
+ ItemPointer current;
+
+ current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(current)
+ && ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(current) == blkno
+ && ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current) >= offno)
+ return (true);
+
+ current = &(scan->currentMarkData);
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(current)
+ && ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(current) == blkno
+ && ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current) >= offno)
+ return (true);
+
+ return (false);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hashsearch.c--
+ * search code for postgres hash tables
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "fmgr.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "access/hash.h"
+
+/*
+ * _hash_search() -- Finds the page/bucket that the contains the
+ * scankey and loads it into *bufP. the buffer has a read lock.
+ */
+void
+_hash_search(Relation rel,
+ int keysz,
+ ScanKey scankey,
+ Buffer *bufP,
+ HashMetaPage metap)
+{
+ BlockNumber blkno;
+ Datum keyDatum;
+ Bucket bucket;
+
+ if (scankey == (ScanKey) NULL ||
+ (keyDatum = scankey[0].sk_argument) == (Datum) NULL) {
+ /*
+ * If the scankey argument is NULL, all tuples will satisfy
+ * the scan so we start the scan at the first bucket (bucket
+ * 0).
+ */
+ bucket = 0;
+ } else {
+ bucket = _hash_call(rel, metap, keyDatum);
+ }
+
+ blkno = BUCKET_TO_BLKNO(bucket);
+
+ *bufP = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_READ);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_next() -- Get the next item in a scan.
+ *
+ * On entry, we have a valid currentItemData in the scan, and a
+ * read lock on the page that contains that item. We do not have
+ * the page pinned. We return the next item in the scan. On
+ * exit, we have the page containing the next item locked but not
+ * pinned.
+ */
+RetrieveIndexResult
+_hash_next(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir)
+{
+ Relation rel;
+ Buffer buf;
+ Buffer metabuf;
+ Page page;
+ OffsetNumber offnum;
+ RetrieveIndexResult res;
+ ItemPointer current;
+ ItemPointer iptr;
+ HashItem hitem;
+ IndexTuple itup;
+ HashScanOpaque so;
+
+ rel = scan->relation;
+ so = (HashScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+ current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+
+ metabuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, HASH_METAPAGE, HASH_READ);
+
+ /*
+ * XXX 10 may 91: somewhere there's a bug in our management of the
+ * cached buffer for this scan. wei discovered it. the following
+ * is a workaround so he can work until i figure out what's going on.
+ */
+
+ if (!BufferIsValid(so->hashso_curbuf)) {
+ so->hashso_curbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel,
+ ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(current),
+ HASH_READ);
+ }
+
+ /* we still have the buffer pinned and locked */
+ buf = so->hashso_curbuf;
+
+ /*
+ * step to next valid tuple. note that _hash_step releases our
+ * lock on 'metabuf'; if we switch to a new 'buf' while looking
+ * for the next tuple, we come back with a lock on that buffer.
+ */
+ if (!_hash_step(scan, &buf, dir, metabuf)) {
+ return ((RetrieveIndexResult) NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* if we're here, _hash_step found a valid tuple */
+ current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+ offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current);
+ page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+ _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ hitem = (HashItem) PageGetItem(page, PageGetItemId(page, offnum));
+ itup = &hitem->hash_itup;
+ iptr = (ItemPointer) palloc(sizeof(ItemPointerData));
+ memmove((char *) iptr, (char *) &(itup->t_tid), sizeof(ItemPointerData));
+ res = FormRetrieveIndexResult(current, iptr);
+
+ return (res);
+}
+
+static void
+_hash_readnext(Relation rel,
+ Buffer *bufp, Page *pagep, HashPageOpaque *opaquep)
+{
+ BlockNumber blkno;
+
+ blkno = (*opaquep)->hasho_nextblkno;
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, *bufp, HASH_READ);
+ *bufp = InvalidBuffer;
+ if (BlockNumberIsValid(blkno)) {
+ *bufp = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_READ);
+ *pagep = BufferGetPage(*bufp);
+ _hash_checkpage(*pagep, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ *opaquep = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(*pagep);
+ Assert(!PageIsEmpty(*pagep));
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+_hash_readprev(Relation rel,
+ Buffer *bufp, Page *pagep, HashPageOpaque *opaquep)
+{
+ BlockNumber blkno;
+
+ blkno = (*opaquep)->hasho_prevblkno;
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, *bufp, HASH_READ);
+ *bufp = InvalidBuffer;
+ if (BlockNumberIsValid(blkno)) {
+ *bufp = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_READ);
+ *pagep = BufferGetPage(*bufp);
+ _hash_checkpage(*pagep, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ *opaquep = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(*pagep);
+ if (PageIsEmpty(*pagep)) {
+ Assert((*opaquep)->hasho_flag & LH_BUCKET_PAGE);
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, *bufp, HASH_READ);
+ *bufp = InvalidBuffer;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_first() -- Find the first item in a scan.
+ *
+ * Return the RetrieveIndexResult of the first item in the tree that
+ * satisfies the qualificatin associated with the scan descriptor. On
+ * exit, the page containing the current index tuple is read locked
+ * and pinned, and the scan's opaque data entry is updated to
+ * include the buffer.
+ */
+RetrieveIndexResult
+_hash_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir)
+{
+ Relation rel;
+ Buffer buf;
+ Buffer metabuf;
+ Page page;
+ HashPageOpaque opaque;
+ HashMetaPage metap;
+ HashItem hitem;
+ IndexTuple itup;
+ ItemPointer current;
+ ItemPointer iptr;
+ OffsetNumber offnum;
+ RetrieveIndexResult res;
+ HashScanOpaque so;
+
+ rel = scan->relation;
+ so = (HashScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+ current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+
+ metabuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, HASH_METAPAGE, HASH_READ);
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+ _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+
+ /*
+ * XXX -- The attribute number stored in the scan key is the attno
+ * in the heap relation. We need to transmogrify this into
+ * the index relation attno here. For the moment, we have
+ * hardwired attno == 1.
+ */
+
+ /* find the correct bucket page and load it into buf */
+ _hash_search(rel, 1, scan->keyData, &buf, metap);
+ page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+ _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE);
+ opaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+
+ /*
+ * if we are scanning forward, we need to find the first non-empty
+ * page (if any) in the bucket chain. since overflow pages are
+ * never empty, this had better be either the bucket page or the
+ * first overflow page.
+ *
+ * if we are scanning backward, we always go all the way to the
+ * end of the bucket chain.
+ */
+ if (PageIsEmpty(page)) {
+ if (BlockNumberIsValid(opaque->hasho_nextblkno)) {
+ _hash_readnext(rel, &buf, &page, &opaque);
+ } else {
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(current);
+ so->hashso_curbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ return ((RetrieveIndexResult) NULL);
+ }
+ }
+ if (ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir)) {
+ while (BlockNumberIsValid(opaque->hasho_nextblkno)) {
+ _hash_readnext(rel, &buf, &page, &opaque);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!_hash_step(scan, &buf, dir, metabuf)) {
+ return ((RetrieveIndexResult) NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* if we're here, _hash_step found a valid tuple */
+ current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+ offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current);
+ page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+ _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ hitem = (HashItem) PageGetItem(page, PageGetItemId(page, offnum));
+ itup = &hitem->hash_itup;
+ iptr = (ItemPointer) palloc(sizeof(ItemPointerData));
+ memmove((char *) iptr, (char *) &(itup->t_tid), sizeof(ItemPointerData));
+ res = FormRetrieveIndexResult(current, iptr);
+
+ return (res);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_step() -- step to the next valid item in a scan in the bucket.
+ *
+ * If no valid record exists in the requested direction, return
+ * false. Else, return true and set the CurrentItemData for the
+ * scan to the right thing.
+ *
+ * 'bufP' points to the buffer which contains the current page
+ * that we'll step through.
+ *
+ * 'metabuf' is released when this returns.
+ */
+bool
+_hash_step(IndexScanDesc scan, Buffer *bufP, ScanDirection dir, Buffer metabuf)
+{
+ Relation rel;
+ ItemPointer current;
+ HashScanOpaque so;
+ int allbuckets;
+ HashMetaPage metap;
+ Buffer buf;
+ Page page;
+ HashPageOpaque opaque;
+ OffsetNumber maxoff;
+ OffsetNumber offnum;
+ Bucket bucket;
+ BlockNumber blkno;
+ HashItem hitem;
+ IndexTuple itup;
+
+ rel = scan->relation;
+ current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+ so = (HashScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+ allbuckets = (scan->numberOfKeys < 1);
+
+ metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+ _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+
+ buf = *bufP;
+ page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+ _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+ opaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+
+ /*
+ * If _hash_step is called from _hash_first, current will not be
+ * valid, so we can't dereference it. However, in that case, we
+ * presumably want to start at the beginning/end of the page...
+ */
+ maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(current)) {
+ offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current);
+ } else {
+ offnum = InvalidOffsetNumber;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * 'offnum' now points to the last tuple we have seen (if any).
+ *
+ * continue to step through tuples until:
+ * 1) we get to the end of the bucket chain or
+ * 2) we find a valid tuple.
+ */
+ do {
+ bucket = opaque->hasho_bucket;
+
+ switch (dir) {
+ case ForwardScanDirection:
+ if (offnum != InvalidOffsetNumber) {
+ offnum = OffsetNumberNext(offnum); /* move forward */
+ } else {
+ offnum = FirstOffsetNumber; /* new page */
+ }
+ while (offnum > maxoff) {
+ /*
+ * either this page is empty (maxoff ==
+ * InvalidOffsetNumber) or we ran off the end.
+ */
+ _hash_readnext(rel, &buf, &page, &opaque);
+ if (BufferIsInvalid(buf)) { /* end of chain */
+ if (allbuckets && bucket < metap->hashm_maxbucket) {
+ ++bucket;
+ blkno = BUCKET_TO_BLKNO(bucket);
+ buf = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_READ);
+ page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+ _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE);
+ opaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+ Assert(opaque->hasho_bucket == bucket);
+ while (PageIsEmpty(page) &&
+ BlockNumberIsValid(opaque->hasho_nextblkno)) {
+ _hash_readnext(rel, &buf, &page, &opaque);
+ }
+ maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+ offnum = FirstOffsetNumber;
+ } else {
+ maxoff = offnum = InvalidOffsetNumber;
+ break; /* while */
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* _hash_readnext never returns an empty page */
+ maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+ offnum = FirstOffsetNumber;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case BackwardScanDirection:
+ if (offnum != InvalidOffsetNumber) {
+ offnum = OffsetNumberPrev(offnum); /* move back */
+ } else {
+ offnum = maxoff; /* new page */
+ }
+ while (offnum < FirstOffsetNumber) {
+ /*
+ * either this page is empty (offnum ==
+ * InvalidOffsetNumber) or we ran off the end.
+ */
+ _hash_readprev(rel, &buf, &page, &opaque);
+ if (BufferIsInvalid(buf)) { /* end of chain */
+ if (allbuckets && bucket > 0) {
+ --bucket;
+ blkno = BUCKET_TO_BLKNO(bucket);
+ buf = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_READ);
+ page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+ _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE);
+ opaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+ Assert(opaque->hasho_bucket == bucket);
+ while (BlockNumberIsValid(opaque->hasho_nextblkno)) {
+ _hash_readnext(rel, &buf, &page, &opaque);
+ }
+ maxoff = offnum = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+ } else {
+ maxoff = offnum = InvalidOffsetNumber;
+ break; /* while */
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* _hash_readprev never returns an empty page */
+ maxoff = offnum = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* NoMovementScanDirection */
+ /* this should not be reached */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* we ran off the end of the world without finding a match */
+ if (offnum == InvalidOffsetNumber) {
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, metabuf, HASH_READ);
+ *bufP = so->hashso_curbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(current);
+ return(false);
+ }
+
+ /* get ready to check this tuple */
+ hitem = (HashItem) PageGetItem(page, PageGetItemId(page, offnum));
+ itup = &hitem->hash_itup;
+ } while (!_hash_checkqual(scan, itup));
+
+ /* if we made it to here, we've found a valid tuple */
+ _hash_relbuf(rel, metabuf, HASH_READ);
+ blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+ *bufP = so->hashso_curbuf = buf;
+ ItemPointerSet(current, blkno, offnum);
+ return(true);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * btstrat.c--
+ * Srategy map entries for the btree indexed access method
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/hash.h"
+
+/*
+ * only one valid strategy for hash tables: equality.
+ */
+
+static StrategyNumber HTNegate[1] = {
+ InvalidStrategy
+};
+
+static StrategyNumber HTCommute[1] = {
+ HTEqualStrategyNumber
+};
+
+static StrategyNumber HTNegateCommute[1] = {
+ InvalidStrategy
+};
+
+static StrategyEvaluationData HTEvaluationData = {
+ /* XXX static for simplicity */
+
+ HTMaxStrategyNumber,
+ (StrategyTransformMap)HTNegate,
+ (StrategyTransformMap)HTCommute,
+ (StrategyTransformMap)HTNegateCommute,
+ {NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL}
+};
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RelationGetHashStrategy
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+StrategyNumber
+_hash_getstrat(Relation rel,
+ AttrNumber attno,
+ RegProcedure proc)
+{
+ StrategyNumber strat;
+
+ strat = RelationGetStrategy(rel, attno, &HTEvaluationData, proc);
+
+ Assert(StrategyNumberIsValid(strat));
+
+ return (strat);
+}
+
+bool
+_hash_invokestrat(Relation rel,
+ AttrNumber attno,
+ StrategyNumber strat,
+ Datum left,
+ Datum right)
+{
+ return (RelationInvokeStrategy(rel, &HTEvaluationData, attno, strat,
+ left, right));
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * btutils.c--
+ * Utility code for Postgres btree implementation.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "fmgr.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/iqual.h"
+#include "access/hash.h"
+
+ScanKey
+_hash_mkscankey(Relation rel, IndexTuple itup, HashMetaPage metap)
+{
+ ScanKey skey;
+ TupleDesc itupdesc;
+ int natts;
+ AttrNumber i;
+ Datum arg;
+ RegProcedure proc;
+ bool null;
+
+ natts = rel->rd_rel->relnatts;
+ itupdesc = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(rel);
+
+ skey = (ScanKey) palloc(natts * sizeof(ScanKeyData));
+
+ for (i = 0; i < natts; i++) {
+ arg = index_getattr(itup, i + 1, itupdesc, &null);
+ proc = metap->hashm_procid;
+ ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&skey[i],
+ 0x0, (AttrNumber) (i + 1), proc, arg);
+ }
+
+ return (skey);
+}
+
+void
+_hash_freeskey(ScanKey skey)
+{
+ pfree(skey);
+}
+
+
+bool
+_hash_checkqual(IndexScanDesc scan, IndexTuple itup)
+{
+ if (scan->numberOfKeys > 0)
+ return (index_keytest(itup,
+ RelationGetTupleDescriptor(scan->relation),
+ scan->numberOfKeys, scan->keyData));
+ else
+ return (true);
+}
+
+HashItem
+_hash_formitem(IndexTuple itup)
+{
+ int nbytes_hitem;
+ HashItem hitem;
+ Size tuplen;
+
+ /* disallow nulls in hash keys */
+ if (itup->t_info & INDEX_NULL_MASK)
+ elog(WARN, "hash indices cannot include null keys");
+
+ /* make a copy of the index tuple with room for the sequence number */
+ tuplen = IndexTupleSize(itup);
+ nbytes_hitem = tuplen +
+ (sizeof(HashItemData) - sizeof(IndexTupleData));
+
+ hitem = (HashItem) palloc(nbytes_hitem);
+ memmove((char *) &(hitem->hash_itup), (char *) itup, tuplen);
+
+ return (hitem);
+}
+
+Bucket
+_hash_call(Relation rel, HashMetaPage metap, Datum key)
+{
+ uint32 n;
+ Bucket bucket;
+ RegProcedure proc;
+
+ proc = metap->hashm_procid;
+ n = (uint32) fmgr(proc, key);
+ bucket = n & metap->hashm_highmask;
+ if (bucket > metap->hashm_maxbucket)
+ bucket = bucket & metap->hashm_lowmask;
+ return (bucket);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_log2 -- returns ceil(lg2(num))
+ */
+uint32
+_hash_log2(uint32 num)
+{
+ uint32 i, limit;
+
+ limit = 1;
+ for (i = 0; limit < num; limit = limit << 1, i++)
+ ;
+ return (i);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_checkpage -- sanity checks on the format of all hash pages
+ */
+void
+_hash_checkpage(Page page, int flags)
+{
+ PageHeader ph = (PageHeader) page;
+ HashPageOpaque opaque;
+
+ Assert(page);
+ Assert(ph->pd_lower >= (sizeof(PageHeaderData) - sizeof(ItemIdData)));
+#if 1
+ Assert(ph->pd_upper <=
+ (BLCKSZ - DOUBLEALIGN(sizeof(HashPageOpaqueData))));
+ Assert(ph->pd_special ==
+ (BLCKSZ - DOUBLEALIGN(sizeof(HashPageOpaqueData))));
+ Assert(ph->pd_opaque.od_pagesize == BLCKSZ);
+#endif
+ if (flags) {
+ opaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+ Assert(opaque->hasho_flag & flags);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+# Makefile for access/heap
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+# $Header$
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SUBSRCS+= heapam.c hio.c stats.c
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * heapam.c--
+ * heap access method code
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ *
+ * INTERFACE ROUTINES
+ * heapgettup - fetch next heap tuple from a scan
+ * heap_open - open a heap relation by relationId
+ * heap_openr - open a heap relation by name
+ * heap_close - close a heap relation
+ * heap_beginscan - begin relation scan
+ * heap_rescan - restart a relation scan
+ * heap_endscan - end relation scan
+ * heap_getnext - retrieve next tuple in scan
+ * heap_fetch - retrive tuple with tid
+ * heap_insert - insert tuple into a relation
+ * heap_delete - delete a tuple from a relation
+ * heap_replace - replace a tuple in a relation with another tuple
+ * heap_markpos - mark scan position
+ * heap_restrpos - restore position to marked location
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ * This file contains the heap_ routines which implement
+ * the POSTGRES heap access method used for all POSTGRES
+ * relations.
+ *
+ * OLD COMMENTS
+ * struct relscan hints: (struct should be made AM independent?)
+ *
+ * rs_ctid is the tid of the last tuple returned by getnext.
+ * rs_ptid and rs_ntid are the tids of the previous and next tuples
+ * returned by getnext, respectively. NULL indicates an end of
+ * scan (either direction); NON indicates an unknow value.
+ *
+ * possible combinations:
+ * rs_p rs_c rs_n interpretation
+ * NULL NULL NULL empty scan
+ * NULL NULL NON at begining of scan
+ * NULL NULL t1 at begining of scan (with cached tid)
+ * NON NULL NULL at end of scan
+ * t1 NULL NULL at end of scan (with cached tid)
+ * NULL t1 NULL just returned only tuple
+ * NULL t1 NON just returned first tuple
+ * NULL t1 t2 returned first tuple (with cached tid)
+ * NON t1 NULL just returned last tuple
+ * t2 t1 NULL returned last tuple (with cached tid)
+ * t1 t2 NON in the middle of a forward scan
+ * NON t2 t1 in the middle of a reverse scan
+ * ti tj tk in the middle of a scan (w cached tid)
+ *
+ * Here NULL is ...tup == NULL && ...buf == InvalidBuffer,
+ * and NON is ...tup == NULL && ...buf == UnknownBuffer.
+ *
+ * Currently, the NONTID values are not cached with their actual
+ * values by getnext. Values may be cached by markpos since it stores
+ * all three tids.
+ *
+ * NOTE: the calls to elog() must stop. Should decide on an interface
+ * between the general and specific AM calls.
+ *
+ * XXX probably do not need a free tuple routine for heaps.
+ * Huh? Free tuple is not necessary for tuples returned by scans, but
+ * is necessary for tuples which are returned by
+ * RelationGetTupleByItemPointer. -hirohama
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/hio.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/relscan.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+
+#include "utils/tqual.h"
+#include "access/valid.h"
+#include "access/xact.h"
+
+#include "catalog/catalog.h"
+#include "catalog/catname.h"
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+#include "storage/itemid.h"
+#include "storage/itemptr.h"
+#include "storage/lmgr.h"
+
+#include "tcop/tcopdebug.h"
+#include "miscadmin.h"
+
+#include "utils/memutils.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "fmgr.h"
+#include "utils/inval.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/mcxt.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/relcache.h"
+
+static bool ImmediateInvalidation;
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * heap support routines
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* ----------------
+ * initsdesc - sdesc code common to heap_beginscan and heap_rescan
+ * ----------------
+ */
+static void
+initsdesc(HeapScanDesc sdesc,
+ Relation relation,
+ int atend,
+ unsigned nkeys,
+ ScanKey key)
+{
+ if (!RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(relation)) {
+ /* ----------------
+ * relation is empty
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ sdesc->rs_ntup = sdesc->rs_ctup = sdesc->rs_ptup = NULL;
+ sdesc->rs_nbuf = sdesc->rs_cbuf = sdesc->rs_pbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ } else if (atend) {
+ /* ----------------
+ * reverse scan
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ sdesc->rs_ntup = sdesc->rs_ctup = NULL;
+ sdesc->rs_nbuf = sdesc->rs_cbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ sdesc->rs_ptup = NULL;
+ sdesc->rs_pbuf = UnknownBuffer;
+ } else {
+ /* ----------------
+ * forward scan
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ sdesc->rs_ctup = sdesc->rs_ptup = NULL;
+ sdesc->rs_cbuf = sdesc->rs_pbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ sdesc->rs_ntup = NULL;
+ sdesc->rs_nbuf = UnknownBuffer;
+ } /* invalid too */
+
+ /* we don't have a marked position... */
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(sdesc->rs_mptid));
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(sdesc->rs_mctid));
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(sdesc->rs_mntid));
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(sdesc->rs_mcd));
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * copy the scan key, if appropriate
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (key != NULL)
+ memmove(sdesc->rs_key, key, nkeys * sizeof(ScanKeyData));
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * unpinsdesc - code common to heap_rescan and heap_endscan
+ * ----------------
+ */
+static void
+unpinsdesc(HeapScanDesc sdesc)
+{
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_pbuf)) {
+ ReleaseBuffer(sdesc->rs_pbuf);
+ }
+
+ /* ------------------------------------
+ * Scan will pin buffer one for each non-NULL tuple pointer
+ * (ptup, ctup, ntup), so they have to be unpinned multiple
+ * times.
+ * ------------------------------------
+ */
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_cbuf)) {
+ ReleaseBuffer(sdesc->rs_cbuf);
+ }
+
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_nbuf)) {
+ ReleaseBuffer(sdesc->rs_nbuf);
+ }
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------
+ * nextpage
+ *
+ * figure out the next page to scan after the current page
+ * taking into account of possible adjustment of degrees of
+ * parallelism
+ * ------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+nextpage(int page, int dir)
+{
+ return((dir<0)?page-1:page+1);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heapgettup - fetch next heap tuple
+ *
+ * routine used by heap_getnext() which does most of the
+ * real work in scanning tuples.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+static HeapTuple
+heapgettup(Relation relation,
+ ItemPointer tid,
+ int dir,
+ Buffer *b,
+ TimeQual timeQual,
+ int nkeys,
+ ScanKey key)
+{
+ ItemId lpp;
+ Page dp;
+ int page;
+ int pages;
+ int lines;
+ HeapTuple rtup;
+ OffsetNumber lineoff;
+ int linesleft;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * increment access statistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(local_heapgettup);
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(global_heapgettup);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * debugging stuff
+ *
+ * check validity of arguments, here and for other functions too
+ * Note: no locking manipulations needed--this is a local function
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#ifdef HEAPDEBUGALL
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(tid)) {
+ elog(DEBUG, "heapgettup(%.16s, tid=0x%x[%d,%d], dir=%d, ...)",
+ RelationGetRelationName(relation), tid, tid->ip_blkid,
+ tid->ip_posid, dir);
+ } else {
+ elog(DEBUG, "heapgettup(%.16s, tid=0x%x, dir=%d, ...)",
+ RelationGetRelationName(relation), tid, dir);
+ }
+ elog(DEBUG, "heapgettup(..., b=0x%x, timeQ=0x%x, nkeys=%d, key=0x%x",
+ b, timeQual, nkeys, key);
+ if (timeQual == SelfTimeQual) {
+ elog(DEBUG, "heapgettup: relation(%c)=`%.16s', SelfTimeQual",
+ relation->rd_rel->relkind, &relation->rd_rel->relname);
+ } else {
+ elog(DEBUG, "heapgettup: relation(%c)=`%.16s', timeQual=%d",
+ relation->rd_rel->relkind, &relation->rd_rel->relname,
+ timeQual);
+ }
+#endif /* !defined(HEAPDEBUGALL) */
+
+ if (!ItemPointerIsValid(tid)) {
+ Assert(!PointerIsValid(tid));
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * return null immediately if relation is empty
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (!(pages = relation->rd_nblocks))
+ return (NULL);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * calculate next starting lineoff, given scan direction
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (!dir) {
+ /* ----------------
+ * ``no movement'' scan direction
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ /* assume it is a valid TID XXX */
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(tid) == false) {
+ *b = InvalidBuffer;
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+ *b = RelationGetBufferWithBuffer(relation,
+ ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid),
+ *b);
+
+#ifndef NO_BUFFERISVALID
+ if (!BufferIsValid(*b)) {
+ elog(WARN, "heapgettup: failed ReadBuffer");
+ }
+#endif
+
+ dp = (Page) BufferGetPage(*b);
+ lineoff = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid);
+ lpp = PageGetItemId(dp, lineoff);
+
+ rtup = (HeapTuple)PageGetItem((Page) dp, lpp);
+ return (rtup);
+
+ } else if (dir < 0) {
+ /* ----------------
+ * reverse scan direction
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(tid) == false) {
+ tid = NULL;
+ }
+ if (tid == NULL) {
+ page = pages - 1; /* final page */
+ } else {
+ page = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid); /* current page */
+ }
+ if (page < 0) {
+ *b = InvalidBuffer;
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+
+ *b = RelationGetBufferWithBuffer(relation, page, *b);
+#ifndef NO_BUFFERISVALID
+ if (!BufferIsValid(*b)) {
+ elog(WARN, "heapgettup: failed ReadBuffer");
+ }
+#endif
+
+ dp = (Page) BufferGetPage(*b);
+ lines = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(dp);
+ if (tid == NULL) {
+ lineoff = lines; /* final offnum */
+ } else {
+ lineoff = /* previous offnum */
+ OffsetNumberPrev(ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid));
+ }
+ /* page and lineoff now reference the physically previous tid */
+
+ } else {
+ /* ----------------
+ * forward scan direction
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (ItemPointerIsValid(tid) == false) {
+ page = 0; /* first page */
+ lineoff = FirstOffsetNumber; /* first offnum */
+ } else {
+ page = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid); /* current page */
+ lineoff = /* next offnum */
+ OffsetNumberNext(ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid));
+ }
+
+ if (page >= pages) {
+ *b = InvalidBuffer;
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+ /* page and lineoff now reference the physically next tid */
+
+ *b = RelationGetBufferWithBuffer(relation, page, *b);
+#ifndef NO_BUFFERISVALID
+ if (!BufferIsValid(*b)) {
+ elog(WARN, "heapgettup: failed ReadBuffer");
+ }
+#endif
+
+ dp = (Page) BufferGetPage(*b);
+ lines = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(dp);
+ }
+
+ /* 'dir' is now non-zero */
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * calculate line pointer and number of remaining items
+ * to check on this page.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ lpp = PageGetItemId(dp, lineoff);
+ if (dir < 0) {
+ linesleft = lineoff - 1;
+ } else {
+ linesleft = lines - lineoff;
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * advance the scan until we find a qualifying tuple or
+ * run out of stuff to scan
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ for (;;) {
+ while (linesleft >= 0) {
+ /* ----------------
+ * if current tuple qualifies, return it.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if ((rtup = heap_tuple_satisfies(lpp, relation, (PageHeader) dp,
+ timeQual, nkeys, key)) != NULL) {
+ ItemPointer iptr = &(rtup->t_ctid);
+ if (ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(iptr) != page) {
+ /*
+ * set block id to the correct page number
+ * --- this is a hack to support the virtual fragment
+ * concept
+ */
+ ItemPointerSetBlockNumber(iptr, page);
+ }
+ return (rtup);
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * otherwise move to the next item on the page
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ --linesleft;
+ if (dir < 0) {
+ --lpp; /* move back in this page's ItemId array */
+ } else {
+ ++lpp; /* move forward in this page's ItemId array */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * if we get here, it means we've exhausted the items on
+ * this page and it's time to move to the next..
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ page = nextpage(page, dir);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * return NULL if we've exhausted all the pages..
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (page < 0 || page >= pages) {
+ if (BufferIsValid(*b))
+ ReleaseBuffer(*b);
+ *b = InvalidBuffer;
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+
+ *b = ReleaseAndReadBuffer(*b, relation, page);
+
+#ifndef NO_BUFFERISVALID
+ if (!BufferIsValid(*b)) {
+ elog(WARN, "heapgettup: failed ReadBuffer");
+ }
+#endif
+ dp = (Page) BufferGetPage(*b);
+ lines = lineoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber((Page) dp);
+ linesleft = lines - 1;
+ if (dir < 0) {
+ lpp = PageGetItemId(dp, lineoff);
+ } else {
+ lpp = PageGetItemId(dp, FirstOffsetNumber);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void
+doinsert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup)
+{
+ RelationPutHeapTupleAtEnd(relation, tup);
+ return;
+}
+
+/*
+ * HeapScanIsValid is now a macro in relscan.h -cim 4/27/91
+ */
+
+/* ----------------
+ * SetHeapAccessMethodImmediateInvalidation
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+SetHeapAccessMethodImmediateInvalidation(bool on)
+{
+ ImmediateInvalidation = on;
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * heap access method interface
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_open - open a heap relation by relationId
+ *
+ * presently the relcache routines do all the work we need
+ * to open/close heap relations.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+Relation
+heap_open(Oid relationId)
+{
+ Relation r;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * increment access statistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(local_open);
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(global_open);
+
+ r = (Relation) RelationIdGetRelation(relationId);
+
+ if (RelationIsValid(r) && r->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX) {
+ elog(WARN, "%s is an index relation", r->rd_rel->relname.data);
+ }
+
+ return (r);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_openr - open a heap relation by name
+ *
+ * presently the relcache routines do all the work we need
+ * to open/close heap relations.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+Relation
+heap_openr(char *relationName)
+{
+ Relation r;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * increment access statistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(local_openr);
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(global_openr);
+
+ r = RelationNameGetRelation(relationName);
+
+ if (RelationIsValid(r) && r->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX) {
+ elog(WARN, "%s is an index relation", r->rd_rel->relname.data);
+ }
+
+ return (r);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_close - close a heap relation
+ *
+ * presently the relcache routines do all the work we need
+ * to open/close heap relations.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+heap_close(Relation relation)
+{
+ /* ----------------
+ * increment access statistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(local_close);
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(global_close);
+
+ (void) RelationClose(relation);
+}
+
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_beginscan - begin relation scan
+ * ----------------
+ */
+HeapScanDesc
+heap_beginscan(Relation relation,
+ int atend,
+ TimeQual timeQual,
+ unsigned nkeys,
+ ScanKey key)
+{
+ HeapScanDesc sdesc;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * increment access statistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(local_beginscan);
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(global_beginscan);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * sanity checks
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (RelationIsValid(relation) == false)
+ elog(WARN, "heap_beginscan: !RelationIsValid(relation)");
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * set relation level read lock
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ RelationSetLockForRead(relation);
+
+ /* XXX someday assert SelfTimeQual if relkind == RELKIND_UNCATALOGED */
+ if (relation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_UNCATALOGED) {
+ timeQual = SelfTimeQual;
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * increment relation ref count while scanning relation
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ RelationIncrementReferenceCount(relation);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * allocate and initialize scan descriptor
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ sdesc = (HeapScanDesc) palloc(sizeof(HeapScanDescData));
+
+ relation->rd_nblocks = smgrnblocks(relation->rd_rel->relsmgr, relation);
+ sdesc->rs_rd = relation;
+
+ if (nkeys) {
+ /*
+ * we do this here instead of in initsdesc() because heap_rescan also
+ * calls initsdesc() and we don't want to allocate memory again
+ */
+ sdesc->rs_key = (ScanKey) palloc(sizeof(ScanKeyData) * nkeys);
+ } else {
+ sdesc->rs_key = NULL;
+ }
+
+ initsdesc(sdesc, relation, atend, nkeys, key);
+
+ sdesc->rs_atend = atend;
+ sdesc->rs_tr = timeQual;
+ sdesc->rs_nkeys = (short)nkeys;
+
+ return (sdesc);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_rescan - restart a relation scan
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+heap_rescan(HeapScanDesc sdesc,
+ bool scanFromEnd,
+ ScanKey key)
+{
+ /* ----------------
+ * increment access statistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(local_rescan);
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(global_rescan);
+
+ /* Note: set relation level read lock is still set */
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * unpin scan buffers
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ unpinsdesc(sdesc);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * reinitialize scan descriptor
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ initsdesc(sdesc, sdesc->rs_rd, scanFromEnd, sdesc->rs_nkeys, key);
+ sdesc->rs_atend = (bool) scanFromEnd;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_endscan - end relation scan
+ *
+ * See how to integrate with index scans.
+ * Check handling if reldesc caching.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+heap_endscan(HeapScanDesc sdesc)
+{
+ /* ----------------
+ * increment access statistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(local_endscan);
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(global_endscan);
+
+ /* Note: no locking manipulations needed */
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * unpin scan buffers
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ unpinsdesc(sdesc);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * decrement relation reference count and free scan descriptor storage
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ RelationDecrementReferenceCount(sdesc->rs_rd);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * Non 2-phase read locks on catalog relations
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if ( IsSystemRelationName(RelationGetRelationName(sdesc->rs_rd)->data) )
+
+ RelationUnsetLockForRead(sdesc->rs_rd);
+
+ pfree(sdesc); /* XXX */
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_getnext - retrieve next tuple in scan
+ *
+ * Fix to work with index relations.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+#ifdef HEAPDEBUGALL
+#define HEAPDEBUG_1 \
+elog(DEBUG, "heap_getnext([%s,nkeys=%d],backw=%d,0x%x) called", \
+ sdesc->rs_rd->rd_rel->relname.data, sdesc->rs_nkeys, backw, b)
+
+#define HEAPDEBUG_2 \
+ elog(DEBUG, "heap_getnext called with backw (no tracing yet)")
+
+#define HEAPDEBUG_3 \
+ elog(DEBUG, "heap_getnext returns NULL at end")
+
+#define HEAPDEBUG_4 \
+ elog(DEBUG, "heap_getnext valid buffer UNPIN'd")
+
+#define HEAPDEBUG_5 \
+ elog(DEBUG, "heap_getnext next tuple was cached")
+
+#define HEAPDEBUG_6 \
+ elog(DEBUG, "heap_getnext returning EOS")
+
+#define HEAPDEBUG_7 \
+ elog(DEBUG, "heap_getnext returning tuple");
+#else
+#define HEAPDEBUG_1
+#define HEAPDEBUG_2
+#define HEAPDEBUG_3
+#define HEAPDEBUG_4
+#define HEAPDEBUG_5
+#define HEAPDEBUG_6
+#define HEAPDEBUG_7
+#endif /* !defined(HEAPDEBUGALL) */
+
+
+HeapTuple
+heap_getnext(HeapScanDesc scandesc,
+ int backw,
+ Buffer *b)
+{
+ register HeapScanDesc sdesc = scandesc;
+ Buffer localb;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * increment access statistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(local_getnext);
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(global_getnext);
+
+ /* Note: no locking manipulations needed */
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * argument checks
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (sdesc == NULL)
+ elog(WARN, "heap_getnext: NULL relscan");
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * initialize return buffer to InvalidBuffer
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (! PointerIsValid(b)) b = &localb;
+ (*b) = InvalidBuffer;
+
+ HEAPDEBUG_1; /* heap_getnext( info ) */
+
+ if (backw) {
+ /* ----------------
+ * handle reverse scan
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ HEAPDEBUG_2; /* heap_getnext called with backw */
+
+ if (sdesc->rs_ptup == sdesc->rs_ctup &&
+ BufferIsInvalid(sdesc->rs_pbuf))
+ {
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_nbuf))
+ ReleaseBuffer(sdesc->rs_nbuf);
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Copy the "current" tuple/buffer
+ * to "next". Pin/unpin the buffers
+ * accordingly
+ */
+ if (sdesc->rs_nbuf != sdesc->rs_cbuf) {
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_nbuf))
+ ReleaseBuffer(sdesc->rs_nbuf);
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_cbuf))
+ IncrBufferRefCount(sdesc->rs_cbuf);
+ }
+ sdesc->rs_ntup = sdesc->rs_ctup;
+ sdesc->rs_nbuf = sdesc->rs_cbuf;
+
+ if (sdesc->rs_ptup != NULL) {
+ if (sdesc->rs_cbuf != sdesc->rs_pbuf) {
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_cbuf))
+ ReleaseBuffer(sdesc->rs_cbuf);
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_pbuf))
+ IncrBufferRefCount(sdesc->rs_pbuf);
+ }
+ sdesc->rs_ctup = sdesc->rs_ptup;
+ sdesc->rs_cbuf = sdesc->rs_pbuf;
+ } else { /* NONTUP */
+ ItemPointer iptr;
+
+ iptr = (sdesc->rs_ctup != NULL) ?
+ &(sdesc->rs_ctup->t_ctid) : (ItemPointer) NULL;
+
+ /* Don't release sdesc->rs_cbuf at this point, because
+ heapgettup doesn't increase PrivateRefCount if it
+ is already set. On a backward scan, both rs_ctup and rs_ntup
+ usually point to the same buffer page, so
+ PrivateRefCount[rs_cbuf] should be 2 (or more, if for instance
+ ctup is stored in a TupleTableSlot). - 01/09/94 */
+
+ sdesc->rs_ctup = (HeapTuple)
+ heapgettup(sdesc->rs_rd,
+ iptr,
+ -1,
+ &(sdesc->rs_cbuf),
+ sdesc->rs_tr,
+ sdesc->rs_nkeys,
+ sdesc->rs_key);
+ }
+
+ if (sdesc->rs_ctup == NULL && !BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_cbuf))
+ {
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_pbuf))
+ ReleaseBuffer(sdesc->rs_pbuf);
+ sdesc->rs_ptup = NULL;
+ sdesc->rs_pbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_nbuf))
+ ReleaseBuffer(sdesc->rs_nbuf);
+ sdesc->rs_ntup = NULL;
+ sdesc->rs_nbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_pbuf))
+ ReleaseBuffer(sdesc->rs_pbuf);
+ sdesc->rs_ptup = NULL;
+ sdesc->rs_pbuf = UnknownBuffer;
+
+ } else {
+ /* ----------------
+ * handle forward scan
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (sdesc->rs_ctup == sdesc->rs_ntup &&
+ BufferIsInvalid(sdesc->rs_nbuf)) {
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_pbuf))
+ ReleaseBuffer(sdesc->rs_pbuf);
+ HEAPDEBUG_3; /* heap_getnext returns NULL at end */
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Copy the "current" tuple/buffer
+ * to "previous". Pin/unpin the buffers
+ * accordingly
+ */
+ if (sdesc->rs_pbuf != sdesc->rs_cbuf) {
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_pbuf))
+ ReleaseBuffer(sdesc->rs_pbuf);
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_cbuf))
+ IncrBufferRefCount(sdesc->rs_cbuf);
+ }
+ sdesc->rs_ptup = sdesc->rs_ctup;
+ sdesc->rs_pbuf = sdesc->rs_cbuf;
+
+ if (sdesc->rs_ntup != NULL) {
+ if (sdesc->rs_cbuf != sdesc->rs_nbuf) {
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_cbuf))
+ ReleaseBuffer(sdesc->rs_cbuf);
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_nbuf))
+ IncrBufferRefCount(sdesc->rs_nbuf);
+ }
+ sdesc->rs_ctup = sdesc->rs_ntup;
+ sdesc->rs_cbuf = sdesc->rs_nbuf;
+ HEAPDEBUG_5; /* heap_getnext next tuple was cached */
+ } else { /* NONTUP */
+ ItemPointer iptr;
+
+ iptr = (sdesc->rs_ctup != NULL) ?
+ &sdesc->rs_ctup->t_ctid : (ItemPointer) NULL;
+
+ /* Don't release sdesc->rs_cbuf at this point, because
+ heapgettup doesn't increase PrivateRefCount if it
+ is already set. On a forward scan, both rs_ctup and rs_ptup
+ usually point to the same buffer page, so
+ PrivateRefCount[rs_cbuf] should be 2 (or more, if for instance
+ ctup is stored in a TupleTableSlot). - 01/09/93 */
+
+ sdesc->rs_ctup = (HeapTuple)
+ heapgettup(sdesc->rs_rd,
+ iptr,
+ 1,
+ &sdesc->rs_cbuf,
+ sdesc->rs_tr,
+ sdesc->rs_nkeys,
+ sdesc->rs_key);
+ }
+
+ if (sdesc->rs_ctup == NULL && !BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_cbuf)) {
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_nbuf))
+ ReleaseBuffer(sdesc->rs_nbuf);
+ sdesc->rs_ntup = NULL;
+ sdesc->rs_nbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_pbuf))
+ ReleaseBuffer(sdesc->rs_pbuf);
+ sdesc->rs_ptup = NULL;
+ sdesc->rs_pbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ HEAPDEBUG_6; /* heap_getnext returning EOS */
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (BufferIsValid(sdesc->rs_nbuf))
+ ReleaseBuffer(sdesc->rs_nbuf);
+ sdesc->rs_ntup = NULL;
+ sdesc->rs_nbuf = UnknownBuffer;
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * if we get here it means we have a new current scan tuple, so
+ * point to the proper return buffer and return the tuple.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ (*b) = sdesc->rs_cbuf;
+
+ HEAPDEBUG_7; /* heap_getnext returning tuple */
+
+ return (sdesc->rs_ctup);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_fetch - retrive tuple with tid
+ *
+ * Currently ignores LP_IVALID during processing!
+ * ----------------
+ */
+HeapTuple
+heap_fetch(Relation relation,
+ TimeQual timeQual,
+ ItemPointer tid,
+ Buffer *b)
+{
+ ItemId lp;
+ Buffer buffer;
+ PageHeader dp;
+ HeapTuple tuple;
+ OffsetNumber offnum;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * increment access statistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(local_fetch);
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(global_fetch);
+
+ /*
+ * Note: This is collosally expensive - does two system calls per
+ * indexscan tuple fetch. Not good, and since we should be doing
+ * page level locking by the scanner anyway, it is commented out.
+ */
+
+ /* RelationSetLockForTupleRead(relation, tid); */
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * get the buffer from the relation descriptor
+ * Note that this does a buffer pin.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+ buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid));
+
+#ifndef NO_BUFFERISVALID
+ if (!BufferIsValid(buffer)) {
+ elog(WARN, "heap_fetch: %s relation: ReadBuffer(%lx) failed",
+ &relation->rd_rel->relname, (long)tid);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * get the item line pointer corresponding to the requested tid
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ dp = (PageHeader) BufferGetPage(buffer);
+ offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid);
+ lp = PageGetItemId(dp, offnum);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * more sanity checks
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+ Assert(ItemIdIsUsed(lp));
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * check time qualification of tid
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+ tuple = heap_tuple_satisfies(lp, relation, dp,
+ timeQual, 0,(ScanKey)NULL);
+
+ if (tuple == NULL)
+ {
+ ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * all checks passed, now either return a copy of the tuple
+ * or pin the buffer page and return a pointer, depending on
+ * whether caller gave us a valid b.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+ if (PointerIsValid(b)) {
+ *b = buffer;
+ } else {
+ tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);
+ ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
+ }
+ return (tuple);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_insert - insert tuple
+ *
+ * The assignment of t_min (and thus the others) should be
+ * removed eventually.
+ *
+ * Currently places the tuple onto the last page. If there is no room,
+ * it is placed on new pages. (Heap relations)
+ * Note that concurrent inserts during a scan will probably have
+ * unexpected results, though this will be fixed eventually.
+ *
+ * Fix to work with indexes.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+Oid
+heap_insert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup)
+{
+ /* ----------------
+ * increment access statistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(local_insert);
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(global_insert);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * set relation level write lock. If this is a "local" relation (not
+ * visible to others), we don't need to set a write lock.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (!relation->rd_islocal)
+ RelationSetLockForWrite(relation);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * If the object id of this tuple has already been assigned, trust
+ * the caller. There are a couple of ways this can happen. At initial
+ * db creation, the backend program sets oids for tuples. When we
+ * define an index, we set the oid. Finally, in the future, we may
+ * allow users to set their own object ids in order to support a
+ * persistent object store (objects need to contain pointers to one
+ * another).
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (!OidIsValid(tup->t_oid)) {
+ tup->t_oid = newoid();
+ LastOidProcessed = tup->t_oid;
+ }
+
+ TransactionIdStore(GetCurrentTransactionId(), &(tup->t_xmin));
+ tup->t_cmin = GetCurrentCommandId();
+ StoreInvalidTransactionId(&(tup->t_xmax));
+ tup->t_tmin = INVALID_ABSTIME;
+ tup->t_tmax = CURRENT_ABSTIME;
+
+ doinsert(relation, tup);
+
+ if ( IsSystemRelationName(RelationGetRelationName(relation)->data)) {
+ RelationUnsetLockForWrite(relation);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * invalidate caches (only works for system relations)
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ SetRefreshWhenInvalidate(ImmediateInvalidation);
+ RelationInvalidateHeapTuple(relation, tup);
+ SetRefreshWhenInvalidate((bool)!ImmediateInvalidation);
+ }
+
+ return(tup->t_oid);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_delete - delete a tuple
+ *
+ * Must decide how to handle errors.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+heap_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid)
+{
+ ItemId lp;
+ HeapTuple tp;
+ PageHeader dp;
+ Buffer b;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * increment access statistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(local_delete);
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(global_delete);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * sanity check
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(tid));
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * set relation level write lock
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ RelationSetLockForWrite(relation);
+
+ b = ReadBuffer(relation, ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid));
+
+#ifndef NO_BUFFERISVALID
+ if (!BufferIsValid(b)) { /* XXX L_SH better ??? */
+ elog(WARN, "heap_delete: failed ReadBuffer");
+ }
+#endif /* NO_BUFFERISVALID */
+
+ dp = (PageHeader) BufferGetPage(b);
+ lp = PageGetItemId(dp, ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid));
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * check that we're deleteing a valid item
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (!(tp = heap_tuple_satisfies(lp, relation, dp,
+ NowTimeQual, 0, (ScanKey) NULL))) {
+
+ /* XXX call something else */
+ ReleaseBuffer(b);
+
+ elog(WARN, "heap_delete: (am)invalid tid");
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * get the tuple and lock tell the buffer manager we want
+ * exclusive access to the page
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * store transaction information of xact deleting the tuple
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ TransactionIdStore(GetCurrentTransactionId(), &(tp->t_xmax));
+ tp->t_cmax = GetCurrentCommandId();
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&tp->t_chain);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * invalidate caches
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ SetRefreshWhenInvalidate(ImmediateInvalidation);
+ RelationInvalidateHeapTuple(relation, tp);
+ SetRefreshWhenInvalidate((bool)!ImmediateInvalidation);
+
+ WriteBuffer(b);
+ if ( IsSystemRelationName(RelationGetRelationName(relation)->data) )
+ RelationUnsetLockForWrite(relation);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_replace - replace a tuple
+ *
+ * Must decide how to handle errors.
+ *
+ * Fix arguments, work with indexes.
+ *
+ * 12/30/93 - modified the return value to be 1 when
+ * a non-functional update is detected. This
+ * prevents the calling routine from updating
+ * indices unnecessarily. -kw
+ *
+ * ----------------
+ */
+int
+heap_replace(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple tup)
+{
+ ItemId lp;
+ HeapTuple tp;
+ Page dp;
+ Buffer buffer;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * increment access statistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(local_replace);
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(global_replace);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * sanity checks
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(otid));
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * set relation level write lock
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (!relation->rd_islocal)
+ RelationSetLockForWrite(relation);
+
+ buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(otid));
+#ifndef NO_BUFFERISVALID
+ if (!BufferIsValid(buffer)) {
+ /* XXX L_SH better ??? */
+ elog(WARN, "amreplace: failed ReadBuffer");
+ }
+#endif /* NO_BUFFERISVALID */
+
+ dp = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer);
+ lp = PageGetItemId(dp, ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(otid));
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * logically delete old item
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+ tp = (HeapTuple) PageGetItem(dp, lp);
+ Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(tp));
+
+ /* -----------------
+ * the following test should be able to catch all non-functional
+ * update attempts and shut out all ghost tuples.
+ * XXX In the future, Spyros may need to update the rule lock on a tuple
+ * more than once within the same command and same transaction.
+ * He will have to introduce a new flag to override the following check.
+ * -- Wei
+ *
+ * -----------------
+ */
+
+ if (TupleUpdatedByCurXactAndCmd(tp)) {
+ elog(NOTICE, "Non-functional update, only first update is performed");
+ if ( IsSystemRelationName(RelationGetRelationName(relation)->data) )
+ RelationUnsetLockForWrite(relation);
+ ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
+ return(1);
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * check that we're replacing a valid item -
+ *
+ * NOTE that this check must follow the non-functional update test
+ * above as it can happen that we try to 'replace' the same tuple
+ * twice in a single transaction. The second time around the
+ * tuple will fail the NowTimeQual. We don't want to abort the
+ * xact, we only want to flag the 'non-functional' NOTICE. -mer
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (!heap_tuple_satisfies(lp,
+ relation,
+ (PageHeader)dp,
+ NowTimeQual,
+ 0,
+ (ScanKey)NULL))
+ {
+ ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
+ elog(WARN, "heap_replace: (am)invalid otid");
+ }
+
+ /* XXX order problems if not atomic assignment ??? */
+ tup->t_oid = tp->t_oid;
+ TransactionIdStore(GetCurrentTransactionId(), &(tup->t_xmin));
+ tup->t_cmin = GetCurrentCommandId();
+ StoreInvalidTransactionId(&(tup->t_xmax));
+ tup->t_tmin = INVALID_ABSTIME;
+ tup->t_tmax = CURRENT_ABSTIME;
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&tup->t_chain);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * insert new item
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if ((unsigned)DOUBLEALIGN(tup->t_len) <= PageGetFreeSpace((Page) dp)) {
+ RelationPutHeapTuple(relation, BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer), tup);
+ } else {
+ /* ----------------
+ * new item won't fit on same page as old item, have to look
+ * for a new place to put it.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ doinsert(relation, tup);
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * new item in place, now record transaction information
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ TransactionIdStore(GetCurrentTransactionId(), &(tp->t_xmax));
+ tp->t_cmax = GetCurrentCommandId();
+ tp->t_chain = tup->t_ctid;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * invalidate caches
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ SetRefreshWhenInvalidate(ImmediateInvalidation);
+ RelationInvalidateHeapTuple(relation, tp);
+ SetRefreshWhenInvalidate((bool)!ImmediateInvalidation);
+
+ WriteBuffer(buffer);
+
+ if ( IsSystemRelationName(RelationGetRelationName(relation)->data) )
+ RelationUnsetLockForWrite(relation);
+
+ return(0);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_markpos - mark scan position
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * Should only one mark be maintained per scan at one time.
+ * Check if this can be done generally--say calls to get the
+ * next/previous tuple and NEVER pass struct scandesc to the
+ * user AM's. Now, the mark is sent to the executor for safekeeping.
+ * Probably can store this info into a GENERAL scan structure.
+ *
+ * May be best to change this call to store the marked position
+ * (up to 2?) in the scan structure itself.
+ * Fix to use the proper caching structure.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+heap_markpos(HeapScanDesc sdesc)
+{
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * increment access statistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(local_markpos);
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(global_markpos);
+
+ /* Note: no locking manipulations needed */
+
+ if (sdesc->rs_ptup == NULL &&
+ BufferIsUnknown(sdesc->rs_pbuf)) { /* == NONTUP */
+ sdesc->rs_ptup = (HeapTuple)
+ heapgettup(sdesc->rs_rd,
+ (sdesc->rs_ctup == NULL) ?
+ (ItemPointer)NULL : &sdesc->rs_ctup->t_ctid,
+ -1,
+ &sdesc->rs_pbuf,
+ sdesc->rs_tr,
+ sdesc->rs_nkeys,
+ sdesc->rs_key);
+
+ } else if (sdesc->rs_ntup == NULL &&
+ BufferIsUnknown(sdesc->rs_nbuf)) { /* == NONTUP */
+ sdesc->rs_ntup = (HeapTuple)
+ heapgettup(sdesc->rs_rd,
+ (sdesc->rs_ctup == NULL) ?
+ (ItemPointer)NULL : &sdesc->rs_ctup->t_ctid,
+ 1,
+ &sdesc->rs_nbuf,
+ sdesc->rs_tr,
+ sdesc->rs_nkeys,
+ sdesc->rs_key);
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * Should not unpin the buffer pages. They may still be in use.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (sdesc->rs_ptup != NULL) {
+ sdesc->rs_mptid = sdesc->rs_ptup->t_ctid;
+ } else {
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&sdesc->rs_mptid);
+ }
+ if (sdesc->rs_ctup != NULL) {
+ sdesc->rs_mctid = sdesc->rs_ctup->t_ctid;
+ } else {
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&sdesc->rs_mctid);
+ }
+ if (sdesc->rs_ntup != NULL) {
+ sdesc->rs_mntid = sdesc->rs_ntup->t_ctid;
+ } else {
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&sdesc->rs_mntid);
+ }
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * heap_restrpos - restore position to marked location
+ *
+ * Note: there are bad side effects here. If we were past the end
+ * of a relation when heapmarkpos is called, then if the relation is
+ * extended via insert, then the next call to heaprestrpos will set
+ * cause the added tuples to be visible when the scan continues.
+ * Problems also arise if the TID's are rearranged!!!
+ *
+ * Now pins buffer once for each valid tuple pointer (rs_ptup,
+ * rs_ctup, rs_ntup) referencing it.
+ * - 01/13/94
+ *
+ * XXX might be better to do direct access instead of
+ * using the generality of heapgettup().
+ *
+ * XXX It is very possible that when a scan is restored, that a tuple
+ * XXX which previously qualified may fail for time range purposes, unless
+ * XXX some form of locking exists (ie., portals currently can act funny.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+heap_restrpos(HeapScanDesc sdesc)
+{
+ /* ----------------
+ * increment access statistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(local_restrpos);
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(global_restrpos);
+
+ /* XXX no amrestrpos checking that ammarkpos called */
+
+ /* Note: no locking manipulations needed */
+
+ unpinsdesc(sdesc);
+
+ /* force heapgettup to pin buffer for each loaded tuple */
+ sdesc->rs_pbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ sdesc->rs_cbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+ sdesc->rs_nbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+
+ if (!ItemPointerIsValid(&sdesc->rs_mptid)) {
+ sdesc->rs_ptup = NULL;
+ } else {
+ sdesc->rs_ptup = (HeapTuple)
+ heapgettup(sdesc->rs_rd,
+ &sdesc->rs_mptid,
+ 0,
+ &sdesc->rs_pbuf,
+ NowTimeQual,
+ 0,
+ (ScanKey) NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (!ItemPointerIsValid(&sdesc->rs_mctid)) {
+ sdesc->rs_ctup = NULL;
+ } else {
+ sdesc->rs_ctup = (HeapTuple)
+ heapgettup(sdesc->rs_rd,
+ &sdesc->rs_mctid,
+ 0,
+ &sdesc->rs_cbuf,
+ NowTimeQual,
+ 0,
+ (ScanKey) NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (!ItemPointerIsValid(&sdesc->rs_mntid)) {
+ sdesc->rs_ntup = NULL;
+ } else {
+ sdesc->rs_ntup = (HeapTuple)
+ heapgettup(sdesc->rs_rd,
+ &sdesc->rs_mntid,
+ 0,
+ &sdesc->rs_nbuf,
+ NowTimeQual,
+ 0,
+ (ScanKey) NULL);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hio.c--
+ * POSTGRES heap access method input/output code.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Id$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "c.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/hio.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+
+#include "storage/block.h"
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+#include "storage/itemid.h"
+#include "storage/itemptr.h"
+#include "storage/off.h"
+
+#include "utils/memutils.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+/*
+ * amputunique - place tuple at tid
+ * Currently on errors, calls elog. Perhaps should return -1?
+ * Possible errors include the addition of a tuple to the page
+ * between the time the linep is chosen and the page is L_UP'd.
+ *
+ * This should be coordinated with the B-tree code.
+ * Probably needs to have an amdelunique to allow for
+ * internal index records to be deleted and reordered as needed.
+ * For the heap AM, this should never be needed.
+ */
+void
+RelationPutHeapTuple(Relation relation,
+ BlockNumber blockIndex,
+ HeapTuple tuple)
+{
+ Buffer buffer;
+ Page pageHeader;
+ BlockNumber numberOfBlocks;
+ OffsetNumber offnum;
+ unsigned int len;
+ ItemId itemId;
+ Item item;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * increment access statistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(local_RelationPutHeapTuple);
+ IncrHeapAccessStat(global_RelationPutHeapTuple);
+
+ Assert(RelationIsValid(relation));
+ Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(tuple));
+
+ numberOfBlocks = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(relation);
+ Assert(blockIndex < numberOfBlocks);
+
+ buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, blockIndex);
+#ifndef NO_BUFFERISVALID
+ if (!BufferIsValid(buffer)) {
+ elog(WARN, "RelationPutHeapTuple: no buffer for %ld in %s",
+ blockIndex, &relation->rd_rel->relname);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ pageHeader = (Page)BufferGetPage(buffer);
+ len = (unsigned)DOUBLEALIGN(tuple->t_len); /* be conservative */
+ Assert((int)len <= PageGetFreeSpace(pageHeader));
+
+ offnum = PageAddItem((Page)pageHeader, (Item)tuple,
+ tuple->t_len, InvalidOffsetNumber, LP_USED);
+
+ itemId = PageGetItemId((Page)pageHeader, offnum);
+ item = PageGetItem((Page)pageHeader, itemId);
+
+ ItemPointerSet(&((HeapTuple)item)->t_ctid, blockIndex, offnum);
+
+ WriteBuffer(buffer);
+ /* return an accurate tuple */
+ ItemPointerSet(&tuple->t_ctid, blockIndex, offnum);
+}
+
+/*
+ * The heap_insert routines "know" that a buffer page is initialized to
+ * zero when a BlockExtend operation is performed.
+ */
+
+#define PageIsNew(page) ((page)->pd_upper == 0)
+
+/*
+ * This routine is another in the series of attempts to reduce the number
+ * of I/O's and system calls executed in the various benchmarks. In
+ * particular, this routine is used to append data to the end of a relation
+ * file without excessive lseeks. This code should do no more than 2 semops
+ * in the ideal case.
+ *
+ * Eventually, we should cache the number of blocks in a relation somewhere.
+ * Until that time, this code will have to do an lseek to determine the number
+ * of blocks in a relation.
+ *
+ * This code should ideally do at most 4 semops, 1 lseek, and possibly 1 write
+ * to do an append; it's possible to eliminate 2 of the semops if we do direct
+ * buffer stuff (!); the lseek and the write can go if we get
+ * RelationGetNumberOfBlocks to be useful.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This code presumes that we have a write lock on the relation.
+ *
+ * Also note that this routine probably shouldn't have to exist, and does
+ * screw up the call graph rather badly, but we are wasting so much time and
+ * system resources being massively general that we are losing badly in our
+ * performance benchmarks.
+ */
+void
+RelationPutHeapTupleAtEnd(Relation relation, HeapTuple tuple)
+{
+ Buffer buffer;
+ Page pageHeader;
+ BlockNumber lastblock;
+ OffsetNumber offnum;
+ unsigned int len;
+ ItemId itemId;
+ Item item;
+
+ Assert(RelationIsValid(relation));
+ Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(tuple));
+
+ /*
+ * XXX This does an lseek - VERY expensive - but at the moment it
+ * is the only way to accurately determine how many blocks are in
+ * a relation. A good optimization would be to get this to actually
+ * work properly.
+ */
+
+ lastblock = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(relation);
+
+ if (lastblock == 0)
+ {
+ buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, lastblock);
+ pageHeader = (Page)BufferGetPage(buffer);
+ if (PageIsNew((PageHeader) pageHeader))
+ {
+ buffer = ReleaseAndReadBuffer(buffer, relation, P_NEW);
+ pageHeader = (Page)BufferGetPage(buffer);
+ PageInit(pageHeader, BufferGetPageSize(buffer), 0);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, lastblock - 1);
+
+ pageHeader = (Page)BufferGetPage(buffer);
+ len = (unsigned)DOUBLEALIGN(tuple->t_len); /* be conservative */
+
+ /*
+ * Note that this is true if the above returned a bogus page, which
+ * it will do for a completely empty relation.
+ */
+
+ if (len > PageGetFreeSpace(pageHeader))
+ {
+ buffer = ReleaseAndReadBuffer(buffer, relation, P_NEW);
+ pageHeader = (Page)BufferGetPage(buffer);
+ PageInit(pageHeader, BufferGetPageSize(buffer), 0);
+
+ if (len > PageGetFreeSpace(pageHeader))
+ elog(WARN, "Tuple is too big: size %d", len);
+ }
+
+ offnum = PageAddItem((Page)pageHeader, (Item)tuple,
+ tuple->t_len, InvalidOffsetNumber, LP_USED);
+
+ itemId = PageGetItemId((Page)pageHeader, offnum);
+ item = PageGetItem((Page)pageHeader, itemId);
+
+ lastblock = BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer);
+
+ ItemPointerSet(&((HeapTuple)item)->t_ctid, lastblock, offnum);
+
+ /* return an accurate tuple */
+ ItemPointerSet(&tuple->t_ctid, lastblock, offnum);
+
+ WriteBuffer(buffer);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * stats.c--
+ * heap access method debugging statistic collection routines
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ * initam should be moved someplace else.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+
+#include "utils/memutils.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/mcxt.h"
+
+/* ----------------
+ * InitHeapAccessStatistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+HeapAccessStatistics heap_access_stats = (HeapAccessStatistics) NULL;
+
+void
+InitHeapAccessStatistics()
+{
+ MemoryContext oldContext;
+ HeapAccessStatistics stats;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * make sure we don't initialize things twice
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (heap_access_stats != NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * allocate statistics structure from the top memory context
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext);
+
+ stats = (HeapAccessStatistics)
+ palloc(sizeof(HeapAccessStatisticsData));
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * initialize fields to default values
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ stats->global_open = 0;
+ stats->global_openr = 0;
+ stats->global_close = 0;
+ stats->global_beginscan = 0;
+ stats->global_rescan = 0;
+ stats->global_endscan = 0;
+ stats->global_getnext = 0;
+ stats->global_fetch = 0;
+ stats->global_insert = 0;
+ stats->global_delete = 0;
+ stats->global_replace = 0;
+ stats->global_markpos = 0;
+ stats->global_restrpos = 0;
+ stats->global_BufferGetRelation = 0;
+ stats->global_RelationIdGetRelation = 0;
+ stats->global_RelationIdGetRelation_Buf = 0;
+ stats->global_getreldesc = 0;
+ stats->global_heapgettup = 0;
+ stats->global_RelationPutHeapTuple = 0;
+ stats->global_RelationPutLongHeapTuple = 0;
+
+ stats->local_open = 0;
+ stats->local_openr = 0;
+ stats->local_close = 0;
+ stats->local_beginscan = 0;
+ stats->local_rescan = 0;
+ stats->local_endscan = 0;
+ stats->local_getnext = 0;
+ stats->local_fetch = 0;
+ stats->local_insert = 0;
+ stats->local_delete = 0;
+ stats->local_replace = 0;
+ stats->local_markpos = 0;
+ stats->local_restrpos = 0;
+ stats->local_BufferGetRelation = 0;
+ stats->local_RelationIdGetRelation = 0;
+ stats->local_RelationIdGetRelation_Buf = 0;
+ stats->local_getreldesc = 0;
+ stats->local_heapgettup = 0;
+ stats->local_RelationPutHeapTuple = 0;
+ stats->local_RelationPutLongHeapTuple = 0;
+ stats->local_RelationNameGetRelation = 0;
+ stats->global_RelationNameGetRelation = 0;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * record init times
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ time(&stats->init_global_timestamp);
+ time(&stats->local_reset_timestamp);
+ time(&stats->last_request_timestamp);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * return to old memory context
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ (void) MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
+
+ heap_access_stats = stats;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * ResetHeapAccessStatistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+ResetHeapAccessStatistics()
+{
+ HeapAccessStatistics stats;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * do nothing if stats aren't initialized
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (heap_access_stats == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ stats = heap_access_stats;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * reset local counts
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ stats->local_open = 0;
+ stats->local_openr = 0;
+ stats->local_close = 0;
+ stats->local_beginscan = 0;
+ stats->local_rescan = 0;
+ stats->local_endscan = 0;
+ stats->local_getnext = 0;
+ stats->local_fetch = 0;
+ stats->local_insert = 0;
+ stats->local_delete = 0;
+ stats->local_replace = 0;
+ stats->local_markpos = 0;
+ stats->local_restrpos = 0;
+ stats->local_BufferGetRelation = 0;
+ stats->local_RelationIdGetRelation = 0;
+ stats->local_RelationIdGetRelation_Buf = 0;
+ stats->local_getreldesc = 0;
+ stats->local_heapgettup = 0;
+ stats->local_RelationPutHeapTuple = 0;
+ stats->local_RelationPutLongHeapTuple = 0;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * reset local timestamps
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ time(&stats->local_reset_timestamp);
+ time(&stats->last_request_timestamp);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * GetHeapAccessStatistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+HeapAccessStatistics GetHeapAccessStatistics()
+{
+ HeapAccessStatistics stats;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * return nothing if stats aren't initialized
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (heap_access_stats == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * record the current request time
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ time(&heap_access_stats->last_request_timestamp);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * allocate a copy of the stats and return it to the caller.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ stats = (HeapAccessStatistics)
+ palloc(sizeof(HeapAccessStatisticsData));
+
+ memmove(stats,
+ heap_access_stats,
+ sizeof(HeapAccessStatisticsData));
+
+ return stats;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * PrintHeapAccessStatistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+PrintHeapAccessStatistics(HeapAccessStatistics stats)
+{
+ /* ----------------
+ * return nothing if stats aren't valid
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ if (stats == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ printf("======== heap am statistics ========\n");
+ printf("init_global_timestamp: %s",
+ ctime(&(stats->init_global_timestamp)));
+
+ printf("local_reset_timestamp: %s",
+ ctime(&(stats->local_reset_timestamp)));
+
+ printf("last_request_timestamp: %s",
+ ctime(&(stats->last_request_timestamp)));
+
+ printf("local/global_open: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_open, stats->global_open);
+
+ printf("local/global_openr: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_openr, stats->global_openr);
+
+ printf("local/global_close: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_close, stats->global_close);
+
+ printf("local/global_beginscan: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_beginscan, stats->global_beginscan);
+
+ printf("local/global_rescan: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_rescan, stats->global_rescan);
+
+ printf("local/global_endscan: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_endscan, stats->global_endscan);
+
+ printf("local/global_getnext: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_getnext, stats->global_getnext);
+
+ printf("local/global_fetch: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_fetch, stats->global_fetch);
+
+ printf("local/global_insert: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_insert, stats->global_insert);
+
+ printf("local/global_delete: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_delete, stats->global_delete);
+
+ printf("local/global_replace: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_replace, stats->global_replace);
+
+ printf("local/global_markpos: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_markpos, stats->global_markpos);
+
+ printf("local/global_restrpos: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_restrpos, stats->global_restrpos);
+
+ printf("================\n");
+
+ printf("local/global_BufferGetRelation: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_BufferGetRelation,
+ stats->global_BufferGetRelation);
+
+ printf("local/global_RelationIdGetRelation: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_RelationIdGetRelation,
+ stats->global_RelationIdGetRelation);
+
+ printf("local/global_RelationIdGetRelation_Buf: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_RelationIdGetRelation_Buf,
+ stats->global_RelationIdGetRelation_Buf);
+
+ printf("local/global_getreldesc: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_getreldesc, stats->global_getreldesc);
+
+ printf("local/global_heapgettup: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_heapgettup, stats->global_heapgettup);
+
+ printf("local/global_RelationPutHeapTuple: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_RelationPutHeapTuple,
+ stats->global_RelationPutHeapTuple);
+
+ printf("local/global_RelationPutLongHeapTuple: %6d/%6d\n",
+ stats->local_RelationPutLongHeapTuple,
+ stats->global_RelationPutLongHeapTuple);
+
+ printf("===================================\n");
+
+ printf("\n");
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * PrintAndFreeHeapAccessStatistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+PrintAndFreeHeapAccessStatistics(HeapAccessStatistics stats)
+{
+ PrintHeapAccessStatistics(stats);
+ if (stats != NULL)
+ pfree(stats);
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * access method initialization
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* ----------------
+ * initam should someday be moved someplace else.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+initam()
+{
+ /* ----------------
+ * initialize heap statistics.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ InitHeapAccessStatistics();
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * heapam.h--
+ * POSTGRES heap access method definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef HEAPAM_H
+#define HEAPAM_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/relscan.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "utils/tqual.h"
+#include "access/tupdesc.h"
+#include "storage/smgr.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * heap access method statistics
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+typedef struct HeapAccessStatisticsData {
+ time_t init_global_timestamp; /* time global statistics started */
+ time_t local_reset_timestamp; /* last time local reset was done */
+ time_t last_request_timestamp; /* last time stats were requested */
+
+ int global_open;
+ int global_openr;
+ int global_close;
+ int global_beginscan;
+ int global_rescan;
+ int global_endscan;
+ int global_getnext;
+ int global_fetch;
+ int global_insert;
+ int global_delete;
+ int global_replace;
+ int global_markpos;
+ int global_restrpos;
+ int global_BufferGetRelation;
+ int global_RelationIdGetRelation;
+ int global_RelationIdGetRelation_Buf;
+ int global_RelationNameGetRelation;
+ int global_getreldesc;
+ int global_heapgettup;
+ int global_RelationPutHeapTuple;
+ int global_RelationPutLongHeapTuple;
+
+ int local_open;
+ int local_openr;
+ int local_close;
+ int local_beginscan;
+ int local_rescan;
+ int local_endscan;
+ int local_getnext;
+ int local_fetch;
+ int local_insert;
+ int local_delete;
+ int local_replace;
+ int local_markpos;
+ int local_restrpos;
+ int local_BufferGetRelation;
+ int local_RelationIdGetRelation;
+ int local_RelationIdGetRelation_Buf;
+ int local_RelationNameGetRelation;
+ int local_getreldesc;
+ int local_heapgettup;
+ int local_RelationPutHeapTuple;
+ int local_RelationPutLongHeapTuple;
+} HeapAccessStatisticsData;
+
+typedef HeapAccessStatisticsData *HeapAccessStatistics;
+
+#define IncrHeapAccessStat(x) \
+ (heap_access_stats == NULL ? 0 : (heap_access_stats->x)++)
+
+extern HeapAccessStatistics heap_access_stats; /* in stats.c */
+
+/* ----------------
+ * function prototypes for heap access method
+ * ----------------
+ */
+/* heap_create, heap_creatr, and heap_destroy are declared in catalog/heap.h */
+#include "catalog/heap.h"
+
+/* heapam.c */
+extern void doinsert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup);
+extern void SetHeapAccessMethodImmediateInvalidation(bool on);
+
+extern Relation heap_open(Oid relationId);
+extern Relation heap_openr(char *relationName);
+extern void heap_close(Relation relation);
+extern HeapScanDesc heap_beginscan(Relation relation, int atend,
+ TimeQual timeQual, unsigned nkeys, ScanKey key);
+extern void heap_rescan(HeapScanDesc sdesc, bool scanFromEnd, ScanKey key);
+extern void heap_endscan(HeapScanDesc sdesc);
+extern HeapTuple heap_getnext(HeapScanDesc scandesc, int backw, Buffer *b);
+extern HeapTuple heap_fetch(Relation relation, TimeQual timeQual,
+ ItemPointer tid, Buffer *b);
+extern Oid heap_insert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup);
+extern void heap_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid);
+extern int heap_replace(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid,
+ HeapTuple tup);
+extern void heap_markpos(HeapScanDesc sdesc);
+extern void heap_restrpos(HeapScanDesc sdesc);
+
+/* in common/heaptuple.c */
+extern Size ComputeDataSize(TupleDesc tupleDesc, Datum value[], char nulls[]);
+extern void DataFill(char *data, TupleDesc tupleDesc,
+ Datum value[], char nulls[], char *infomask,
+ bits8 bit[]);
+extern int heap_attisnull(HeapTuple tup, int attnum);
+extern int heap_sysattrlen(AttrNumber attno);
+extern bool heap_sysattrbyval(AttrNumber attno);
+extern char *heap_getsysattr(HeapTuple tup, Buffer b, int attnum);
+extern char *fastgetattr(HeapTuple tup, unsigned attnum,
+ TupleDesc att, bool *isnull);
+extern char *heap_getattr(HeapTuple tup, Buffer b, int attnum,
+ TupleDesc att, bool *isnull);
+extern HeapTuple heap_copytuple(HeapTuple tuple);
+extern void heap_deformtuple(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc tdesc,
+ Datum values[], char nulls[]);
+extern HeapTuple heap_formtuple(TupleDesc tupleDescriptor,
+ Datum value[], char nulls[]);
+extern HeapTuple heap_modifytuple(HeapTuple tuple, Buffer buffer,
+ Relation relation, Datum replValue[], char replNull[], char repl[]);
+HeapTuple heap_addheader(uint32 natts, int structlen, char *structure);
+
+/* in common/heap/stats.c */
+extern void InitHeapAccessStatistics(void);
+extern void ResetHeapAccessStatistics(void);
+extern HeapAccessStatistics GetHeapAccessStatistics(void);
+extern void PrintHeapAccessStatistics(HeapAccessStatistics stats);
+extern void PrintAndFreeHeapAccessStatistics(HeapAccessStatistics stats);
+extern void initam(void);
+
+#endif /* HEAPAM_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hio.h--
+ * POSTGRES heap access method input/output definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef HIO_H
+#define HIO_H
+
+#include "c.h"
+
+#include "storage/block.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+extern void RelationPutHeapTuple(Relation relation, BlockNumber blockIndex,
+ HeapTuple tuple);
+extern void RelationPutHeapTupleAtEnd(Relation relation, HeapTuple tuple);
+
+#endif /* HIO_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * htup.h--
+ * POSTGRES heap tuple definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef HTUP_H
+#define HTUP_H
+
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h" /* just to reduce levels of #include */
+#include "storage/itemptr.h"
+#include "utils/nabstime.h"
+
+#define MinHeapTupleBitmapSize 32 /* 8 * 4 */
+
+/* check these, they are likely to be more severely limited by t_hoff */
+
+#define MaxHeapAttributeNumber 1600 /* 8 * 200 */
+
+/*
+ * to avoid wasting space, the attributes should be layed out in such a
+ * way to reduce structure padding.
+ */
+typedef struct HeapTupleData {
+
+ unsigned int t_len; /* length of entire tuple */
+
+ ItemPointerData t_ctid; /* current TID of this tuple */
+
+ ItemPointerData t_chain; /* replaced tuple TID */
+
+ Oid t_oid; /* OID of this tuple -- 4 bytes */
+
+ CommandId t_cmin; /* insert CID stamp -- 2 bytes each */
+ CommandId t_cmax; /* delete CommandId stamp */
+
+ TransactionId t_xmin; /* insert XID stamp -- 4 bytes each */
+ TransactionId t_xmax; /* delete XID stamp */
+
+ AbsoluteTime t_tmin; /* time stamps -- 4 bytes each */
+ AbsoluteTime t_tmax;
+
+ int16 t_natts; /* number of attributes */
+ char t_vtype; /* not used - padding */
+
+ char t_infomask; /* whether tuple as null or variable
+ * length attributes
+ */
+
+ uint8 t_hoff; /* sizeof tuple header */
+
+ bits8 t_bits[MinHeapTupleBitmapSize / 8];
+ /* bit map of domains */
+
+ /* MORE DATA FOLLOWS AT END OF STRUCT */
+} HeapTupleData;
+
+typedef HeapTupleData *HeapTuple;
+
+
+#define SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber (-1)
+#define ObjectIdAttributeNumber (-2)
+#define MinTransactionIdAttributeNumber (-3)
+#define MinCommandIdAttributeNumber (-4)
+#define MaxTransactionIdAttributeNumber (-5)
+#define MaxCommandIdAttributeNumber (-6)
+#define ChainItemPointerAttributeNumber (-7)
+#define AnchorItemPointerAttributeNumber (-8)
+#define MinAbsoluteTimeAttributeNumber (-9)
+#define MaxAbsoluteTimeAttributeNumber (-10)
+#define VersionTypeAttributeNumber (-11)
+#define FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber (-12)
+
+
+/* ----------------
+ * support macros
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#define GETSTRUCT(TUP) (((char *)(TUP)) + ((HeapTuple)(TUP))->t_hoff)
+
+
+/*
+ * BITMAPLEN(NATTS) -
+ * Computes minimum size of bitmap given number of domains.
+ */
+#define BITMAPLEN(NATTS) \
+ ((((((int)(NATTS) - 1) >> 3) + 4 - (MinHeapTupleBitmapSize >> 3)) \
+ & ~03) + (MinHeapTupleBitmapSize >> 3))
+
+/*
+ * HeapTupleIsValid
+ * True iff the heap tuple is valid.
+ */
+#define HeapTupleIsValid(tuple) PointerIsValid(tuple)
+
+/*
+ * information stored in t_infomask:
+ */
+#define HEAP_HASNULL 0x01 /* has null attribute(s) */
+#define HEAP_HASVARLENA 0x02 /* has variable length attribute(s) */
+
+#define HeapTupleNoNulls(tuple) \
+ (!(((HeapTuple) (tuple))->t_infomask & HEAP_HASNULL))
+
+#define HeapTupleAllFixed(tuple) \
+ (!(((HeapTuple) (tuple))->t_infomask & HEAP_HASVARLENA))
+
+#endif /* HTUP_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ibit.h--
+ * POSTGRES index valid attribute bit map definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef IBIT_H
+#define IBIT_H
+
+#include "c.h"
+#include "utils/memutils.h"
+
+typedef struct IndexAttributeBitMapData {
+ char bits[(MaxIndexAttributeNumber + MaxBitsPerByte - 1)
+ / MaxBitsPerByte];
+} IndexAttributeBitMapData;
+
+typedef IndexAttributeBitMapData *IndexAttributeBitMap;
+
+#define IndexAttributeBitMapSize sizeof(IndexAttributeBitMapData)
+
+/*
+ * IndexAttributeBitMapIsValid --
+ * True iff attribute bit map is valid.
+ */
+#define IndexAttributeBitMapIsValid(bits) PointerIsValid(bits)
+
+#endif /* IBIT_H */
--- /dev/null
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+# Makefile for access/index
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+# $Header$
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SUBSRCS+= genam.c indexam.c istrat.c
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * genam.c--
+ * general index access method routines
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ * many of the old access method routines have been turned into
+ * macros and moved to genam.h -cim 4/30/91
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/*
+ * OLD COMMENTS
+ * Scans are implemented as follows:
+ *
+ * `0' represents an invalid item pointer.
+ * `-' represents an unknown item pointer.
+ * `X' represents a known item pointers.
+ * `+' represents known or invalid item pointers.
+ * `*' represents any item pointers.
+ *
+ * State is represented by a triple of these symbols in the order of
+ * previous, current, next. Note that the case of reverse scans works
+ * identically.
+ *
+ * State Result
+ * (1) + + - + 0 0 (if the next item pointer is invalid)
+ * (2) + X - (otherwise)
+ * (3) * 0 0 * 0 0 (no change)
+ * (4) + X 0 X 0 0 (shift)
+ * (5) * + X + X - (shift, add unknown)
+ *
+ * All other states cannot occur.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *It would be possible to cache the status of the previous and
+ * next item pointer using the flags.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/itup.h"
+#include "access/relscan.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+#include "catalog/catname.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_attribute.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_index.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
+
+#include "catalog/index.h"
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * general access method routines
+ *
+ * All indexed access methods use an identical scan structure.
+ * We don't know how the various AMs do locking, however, so we don't
+ * do anything about that here.
+ *
+ * The intent is that an AM implementor will define a front-end routine
+ * that calls this one, to fill in the scan, and then does whatever kind
+ * of locking he wants.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* ----------------
+ * RelationGetIndexScan -- Create and fill an IndexScanDesc.
+ *
+ * This routine creates an index scan structure and sets its contents
+ * up correctly. This routine calls AMrescan to set up the scan with
+ * the passed key.
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ * relation -- index relation for scan.
+ * scanFromEnd -- if true, begin scan at one of the index's
+ * endpoints.
+ * numberOfKeys -- count of scan keys (more than one won't
+ * necessarily do anything useful, yet).
+ * key -- the ScanKey for the starting position of the scan.
+ *
+ * Returns:
+ * An initialized IndexScanDesc.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Bumps the ref count on the relation to keep it in the cache.
+ *
+ * ----------------
+ */
+IndexScanDesc
+RelationGetIndexScan(Relation relation,
+ bool scanFromEnd,
+ uint16 numberOfKeys,
+ ScanKey key)
+{
+ IndexScanDesc scan;
+
+ if (! RelationIsValid(relation))
+ elog(WARN, "RelationGetIndexScan: relation invalid");
+
+ scan = (IndexScanDesc) palloc(sizeof(IndexScanDescData));
+
+ scan->relation = relation;
+ scan->opaque = NULL;
+ scan->numberOfKeys = numberOfKeys;
+
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->previousItemData);
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->currentItemData);
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->nextItemData);
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->previousMarkData);
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->currentMarkData);
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->nextMarkData);
+
+ if (numberOfKeys > 0) {
+ scan->keyData = (ScanKey) palloc(sizeof(ScanKeyData) * numberOfKeys);
+ } else {
+ scan->keyData = NULL;
+ }
+
+ index_rescan(scan, scanFromEnd, key);
+
+ return (scan);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * IndexScanRestart -- Restart an index scan.
+ *
+ * This routine isn't used by any existing access method. It's
+ * appropriate if relation level locks are what you want.
+ *
+ * Returns:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+IndexScanRestart(IndexScanDesc scan,
+ bool scanFromEnd,
+ ScanKey key)
+{
+ if (! IndexScanIsValid(scan))
+ elog(WARN, "IndexScanRestart: invalid scan");
+
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->previousItemData);
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->currentItemData);
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->nextItemData);
+
+ if (RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(scan->relation) == 0)
+ scan->flags = ScanUnmarked;
+ else if (scanFromEnd)
+ scan->flags = ScanUnmarked | ScanUncheckedPrevious;
+ else
+ scan->flags = ScanUnmarked | ScanUncheckedNext;
+
+ scan->scanFromEnd = (bool) scanFromEnd;
+
+ if (scan->numberOfKeys > 0)
+ memmove(scan->keyData,
+ key,
+ scan->numberOfKeys * sizeof(ScanKeyData));
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * IndexScanEnd -- End and index scan.
+ *
+ * This routine is not used by any existing access method, but is
+ * suitable for use if you don't want to do sophisticated locking.
+ *
+ * Returns:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+IndexScanEnd(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+ if (! IndexScanIsValid(scan))
+ elog(WARN, "IndexScanEnd: invalid scan");
+
+ pfree(scan);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * IndexScanMarkPosition -- Mark current position in a scan.
+ *
+ * This routine isn't used by any existing access method, but is the
+ * one that AM implementors should use, if they don't want to do any
+ * special locking. If relation-level locking is sufficient, this is
+ * the routine for you.
+ *
+ * Returns:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+IndexScanMarkPosition(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+ RetrieveIndexResult result;
+
+ if (scan->flags & ScanUncheckedPrevious) {
+ result =
+ index_getnext(scan, BackwardScanDirection);
+
+ if (result != NULL) {
+ scan->previousItemData = result->index_iptr;
+ } else {
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->previousItemData);
+ }
+
+ } else if (scan->flags & ScanUncheckedNext) {
+ result = (RetrieveIndexResult)
+ index_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection);
+
+ if (result != NULL) {
+ scan->nextItemData = result->index_iptr;
+ } else {
+ ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->nextItemData);
+ }
+ }
+
+ scan->previousMarkData = scan->previousItemData;
+ scan->currentMarkData = scan->currentItemData;
+ scan->nextMarkData = scan->nextItemData;
+
+ scan->flags = 0x0; /* XXX should have a symbolic name */
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * IndexScanRestorePosition -- Restore position on a marked scan.
+ *
+ * This routine isn't used by any existing access method, but is the
+ * one that AM implementors should use if they don't want to do any
+ * special locking. If relation-level locking is sufficient, then
+ * this is the one you want.
+ *
+ * Returns:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+IndexScanRestorePosition(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+ if (scan->flags & ScanUnmarked)
+ elog(WARN, "IndexScanRestorePosition: no mark to restore");
+
+ scan->previousItemData = scan->previousMarkData;
+ scan->currentItemData = scan->currentMarkData;
+ scan->nextItemData = scan->nextMarkData;
+
+ scan->flags = 0x0; /* XXX should have a symbolic name */
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * indexam.c--
+ * general index access method routines
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ * INTERFACE ROUTINES
+ * index_open - open an index relation by relationId
+ * index_openr - open a index relation by name
+ * index_close - close a index relation
+ * index_beginscan - start a scan of an index
+ * index_rescan - restart a scan of an index
+ * index_endscan - end a scan
+ * index_insert - insert an index tuple into a relation
+ * index_delete - delete an item from an index relation
+ * index_markpos - mark a scan position
+ * index_restrpos - restore a scan position
+ * index_getnext - get the next tuple from a scan
+ * ** index_fetch - retrieve tuple with tid
+ * ** index_replace - replace a tuple
+ * ** index_getattr - get an attribute from an index tuple
+ * index_getprocid - get a support procedure id from the rel tuple
+ *
+ * IndexScanIsValid - check index scan
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ * This file contains the index_ routines which used
+ * to be a scattered collection of stuff in access/genam.
+ *
+ * The ** routines: index_fetch, index_replace, and index_getattr
+ * have not yet been implemented. They may not be needed.
+ *
+ * old comments
+ * Scans are implemented as follows:
+ *
+ * `0' represents an invalid item pointer.
+ * `-' represents an unknown item pointer.
+ * `X' represents a known item pointers.
+ * `+' represents known or invalid item pointers.
+ * `*' represents any item pointers.
+ *
+ * State is represented by a triple of these symbols in the order of
+ * previous, current, next. Note that the case of reverse scans works
+ * identically.
+ *
+ * State Result
+ * (1) + + - + 0 0 (if the next item pointer is invalid)
+ * (2) + X - (otherwise)
+ * (3) * 0 0 * 0 0 (no change)
+ * (4) + X 0 X 0 0 (shift)
+ * (5) * + X + X - (shift, add unknown)
+ *
+ * All other states cannot occur.
+ *
+ * Note: It would be possible to cache the status of the previous and
+ * next item pointer using the flags.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/itup.h"
+#include "access/relscan.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "access/funcindex.h"
+
+#include "storage/lmgr.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/relcache.h"
+
+#include "catalog/catname.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_attribute.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_index.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
+
+#include "catalog/index.h"
+
+#include "fmgr.h"
+
+/* ----------------
+ * undefine macros we aren't going to use that would otherwise
+ * get in our way.. delete is defined in c.h and the am's are
+ * defined in heapam.h
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#undef delete
+#undef aminsert
+#undef amdelete
+#undef ambeginscan
+#undef amrescan
+#undef amendscan
+#undef ammarkpos
+#undef amrestrpos
+#undef amgettuple
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * macros used in index_ routines
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#define RELATION_CHECKS \
+Assert(RelationIsValid(relation)); \
+ Assert(PointerIsValid(relation->rd_am))
+
+#define SCAN_CHECKS \
+ Assert(IndexScanIsValid(scan)); \
+ Assert(RelationIsValid(scan->relation)); \
+ Assert(PointerIsValid(scan->relation->rd_am))
+
+#define GET_REL_PROCEDURE(x,y) \
+ CppConcat(procedure = relation->rd_am->,y); \
+ if (! RegProcedureIsValid(procedure)) \
+ elog(WARN, "index_%s: invalid %s regproc", \
+ CppAsString(x), CppAsString(y))
+
+#define GET_SCAN_PROCEDURE(x,y) \
+ CppConcat(procedure = scan->relation->rd_am->,y); \
+ if (! RegProcedureIsValid(procedure)) \
+ elog(WARN, "index_%s: invalid %s regproc", \
+ CppAsString(x), CppAsString(y))
+
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * index_ interface functions
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* ----------------
+ * index_open - open an index relation by relationId
+ *
+ * presently the relcache routines do all the work we need
+ * to open/close index relations.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+Relation
+index_open(Oid relationId)
+{
+ return RelationIdGetRelation(relationId);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * index_openr - open a index relation by name
+ *
+ * presently the relcache routines do all the work we need
+ * to open/close index relations.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+Relation
+index_openr(char *relationName)
+{
+ return RelationNameGetRelation(relationName);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * index_close - close a index relation
+ *
+ * presently the relcache routines do all the work we need
+ * to open/close index relations.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+index_close(Relation relation)
+{
+ (void) RelationClose(relation);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * index_insert - insert an index tuple into a relation
+ * ----------------
+ */
+InsertIndexResult
+index_insert(Relation relation,
+ IndexTuple indexTuple)
+{
+ RegProcedure procedure;
+ InsertIndexResult specificResult;
+
+ RELATION_CHECKS;
+ GET_REL_PROCEDURE(insert,aminsert);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * have the am's insert proc do all the work.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ specificResult = (InsertIndexResult)
+ fmgr(procedure, relation, indexTuple, NULL);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * the insert proc is supposed to return a "specific result" and
+ * this routine has to return a "general result" so after we get
+ * something back from the insert proc, we allocate a
+ * "general result" and copy some crap between the two.
+ *
+ * As far as I'm concerned all this result shit is needlessly c
+ * omplicated and should be eliminated. -cim 1/19/91
+ *
+ * mao concurs. regardless of how we feel here, however, it is
+ * important to free memory we don't intend to return to anyone.
+ * 2/28/91
+ *
+ * this "general result" crap is now gone. -ay 3/6/95
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+ return (specificResult);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * index_delete - delete an item from an index relation
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+index_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer indexItem)
+{
+ RegProcedure procedure;
+
+ RELATION_CHECKS;
+ GET_REL_PROCEDURE(delete,amdelete);
+
+ (void) fmgr(procedure, relation, indexItem);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * index_beginscan - start a scan of an index
+ * ----------------
+ */
+IndexScanDesc
+index_beginscan(Relation relation,
+ bool scanFromEnd,
+ uint16 numberOfKeys,
+ ScanKey key)
+{
+ IndexScanDesc scandesc;
+ RegProcedure procedure;
+
+ RELATION_CHECKS;
+ GET_REL_PROCEDURE(beginscan,ambeginscan);
+
+ RelationSetRIntentLock(relation);
+
+ scandesc = (IndexScanDesc)
+ fmgr(procedure, relation, scanFromEnd, numberOfKeys, key);
+
+ return scandesc;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * index_rescan - restart a scan of an index
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+index_rescan(IndexScanDesc scan, bool scanFromEnd, ScanKey key)
+{
+ RegProcedure procedure;
+
+ SCAN_CHECKS;
+ GET_SCAN_PROCEDURE(rescan,amrescan);
+
+ (void) fmgr(procedure, scan, scanFromEnd, key);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * index_endscan - end a scan
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+index_endscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+ RegProcedure procedure;
+
+ SCAN_CHECKS;
+ GET_SCAN_PROCEDURE(endscan,amendscan);
+
+ (void) fmgr(procedure, scan);
+
+ RelationUnsetRIntentLock(scan->relation);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * index_markpos - mark a scan position
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+index_markpos(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+ RegProcedure procedure;
+
+ SCAN_CHECKS;
+ GET_SCAN_PROCEDURE(markpos,ammarkpos);
+
+ (void) fmgr(procedure, scan);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * index_restrpos - restore a scan position
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+index_restrpos(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+ RegProcedure procedure;
+
+ SCAN_CHECKS;
+ GET_SCAN_PROCEDURE(restrpos,amrestrpos);
+
+ (void) fmgr(procedure, scan);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * index_getnext - get the next tuple from a scan
+ *
+ * A RetrieveIndexResult is a index tuple/heap tuple pair
+ * ----------------
+ */
+RetrieveIndexResult
+index_getnext(IndexScanDesc scan,
+ ScanDirection direction)
+{
+ RegProcedure procedure;
+ RetrieveIndexResult result;
+
+ SCAN_CHECKS;
+ GET_SCAN_PROCEDURE(getnext,amgettuple);
+
+ /* ----------------
+ * have the am's gettuple proc do all the work.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+ result = (RetrieveIndexResult)
+ fmgr(procedure, scan, direction);
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * index_getprocid
+ *
+ * Some indexed access methods may require support routines that are
+ * not in the operator class/operator model imposed by pg_am. These
+ * access methods may store the OIDs of registered procedures they
+ * need in pg_amproc. These registered procedure OIDs are ordered in
+ * a way that makes sense to the access method, and used only by the
+ * access method. The general index code doesn't know anything about
+ * the routines involved; it just builds an ordered list of them for
+ * each attribute on which an index is defined.
+ *
+ * This routine returns the requested procedure OID for a particular
+ * indexed attribute.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+RegProcedure
+index_getprocid(Relation irel,
+ AttrNumber attnum,
+ uint16 procnum)
+{
+ RegProcedure *loc;
+ int natts;
+
+ natts = irel->rd_rel->relnatts;
+
+ loc = irel->rd_support;
+
+ Assert(loc != NULL);
+
+ return (loc[(natts * (procnum - 1)) + (attnum - 1)]);
+}
+
+Datum
+GetIndexValue(HeapTuple tuple,
+ TupleDesc hTupDesc,
+ int attOff,
+ AttrNumber attrNums[],
+ FuncIndexInfo *fInfo,
+ bool *attNull,
+ Buffer buffer)
+{
+ Datum returnVal;
+ bool isNull;
+
+ if (PointerIsValid(fInfo) && FIgetProcOid(fInfo) != InvalidOid) {
+ int i;
+ Datum *attData = (Datum *)palloc(FIgetnArgs(fInfo)*sizeof(Datum));
+
+ for (i = 0; i < FIgetnArgs(fInfo); i++) {
+ attData[i] = (Datum) heap_getattr(tuple,
+ buffer,
+ attrNums[i],
+ hTupDesc,
+ attNull);
+ }
+ returnVal = (Datum)fmgr_array_args(FIgetProcOid(fInfo),
+ FIgetnArgs(fInfo),
+ (char **) attData,
+ &isNull);
+ pfree(attData);
+ *attNull = FALSE;
+ }else {
+ returnVal = (Datum) heap_getattr(tuple, buffer, attrNums[attOff],
+ hTupDesc, attNull);
+ }
+ return returnVal;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * istrat.c--
+ * index scan strategy manipulation code and index strategy manipulation
+ * operator code.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * $Header$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/istrat.h"
+#include "access/itup.h" /* for MaxIndexAttributeNumber */
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "utils/tqual.h" /* for NowTimeQual */
+
+#include "fmgr.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+#include "catalog/catname.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_amop.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_amproc.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_index.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * misc strategy support routines
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/*
+ * StrategyNumberIsValid
+ * StrategyNumberIsInBounds
+ * StrategyMapIsValid
+ * StrategyTransformMapIsValid
+ * IndexStrategyIsValid
+ *
+ * ... are now macros in istrat.h -cim 4/27/91
+ */
+
+/*
+ * StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry --
+ * Returns a scan key entry of a index strategy mapping member.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * Assumes that the index strategy mapping is valid.
+ * Assumes that the index strategy number is valid.
+ * Bounds checking should be done outside this routine.
+ */
+ScanKey
+StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(StrategyMap map,
+ StrategyNumber strategyNumber)
+{
+ Assert(StrategyMapIsValid(map));
+ Assert(StrategyNumberIsValid(strategyNumber));
+ return (&map->entry[strategyNumber - 1]);
+}
+
+/*
+ * IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap --
+ * Returns an index strategy mapping of an index strategy.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * Assumes that the index strategy is valid.
+ * Assumes that the number of index strategies is valid.
+ * Bounds checking should be done outside this routine.
+ */
+StrategyMap
+IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(IndexStrategy indexStrategy,
+ StrategyNumber maxStrategyNum,
+ AttrNumber attrNum)
+{
+ Assert(IndexStrategyIsValid(indexStrategy));
+ Assert(StrategyNumberIsValid(maxStrategyNum));
+ Assert(AttributeNumberIsValid(attrNum));
+
+ maxStrategyNum = AMStrategies(maxStrategyNum); /* XXX */
+ return
+ &indexStrategy->strategyMapData[maxStrategyNum * (attrNum - 1)];
+}
+
+/*
+ * AttributeNumberGetIndexStrategySize --
+ * Computes the size of an index strategy.
+ */
+Size
+AttributeNumberGetIndexStrategySize(AttrNumber maxAttributeNumber,
+ StrategyNumber maxStrategyNumber)
+{
+ maxStrategyNumber = AMStrategies(maxStrategyNumber); /* XXX */
+ return
+ maxAttributeNumber * maxStrategyNumber * sizeof (ScanKeyData);
+}
+
+/*
+ * StrategyTransformMapIsValid is now a macro in istrat.h -cim 4/27/91
+ */
+
+/* ----------------
+ * StrategyOperatorIsValid
+ * ----------------
+ */
+bool
+StrategyOperatorIsValid(StrategyOperator operator,
+ StrategyNumber maxStrategy)
+{
+ return (bool)
+ (PointerIsValid(operator) &&
+ StrategyNumberIsInBounds(operator->strategy, maxStrategy) &&
+ !(operator->flags & ~(SK_NEGATE | SK_COMMUTE)));
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * StrategyTermIsValid
+ * ----------------
+ */
+bool
+StrategyTermIsValid(StrategyTerm term,
+ StrategyNumber maxStrategy)
+{
+ Index index;
+
+ if (! PointerIsValid(term) || term->degree == 0)
+ return false;
+
+ for (index = 0; index < term->degree; index += 1) {
+ if (! StrategyOperatorIsValid(&term->operatorData[index],
+ maxStrategy)) {
+
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * StrategyExpressionIsValid
+ * ----------------
+ */
+bool
+StrategyExpressionIsValid(StrategyExpression expression,
+ StrategyNumber maxStrategy)
+{
+ StrategyTerm *termP;
+
+ if (!PointerIsValid(expression))
+ return true;
+
+ if (!StrategyTermIsValid(expression->term[0], maxStrategy))
+ return false;
+
+ termP = &expression->term[1];
+ while (StrategyTermIsValid(*termP, maxStrategy))
+ termP += 1;
+
+ return (bool)
+ (! PointerIsValid(*termP));
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * StrategyEvaluationIsValid
+ * ----------------
+ */
+bool
+StrategyEvaluationIsValid(StrategyEvaluation evaluation)
+{
+ Index index;
+
+ if (! PointerIsValid(evaluation) ||
+ ! StrategyNumberIsValid(evaluation->maxStrategy) ||
+ ! StrategyTransformMapIsValid(evaluation->negateTransform) ||
+ ! StrategyTransformMapIsValid(evaluation->commuteTransform) ||
+ ! StrategyTransformMapIsValid(evaluation->negateCommuteTransform)) {
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ for (index = 0; index < evaluation->maxStrategy; index += 1) {
+ if (! StrategyExpressionIsValid(evaluation->expression[index],
+ evaluation->maxStrategy)) {
+
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * StrategyTermEvaluate
+ * ----------------
+ */
+static bool
+StrategyTermEvaluate(StrategyTerm term,
+ StrategyMap map,
+ Datum left,
+ Datum right)
+{
+ Index index;
+ long tmpres;
+ bool result;
+ StrategyOperator operator;
+ ScanKey entry;
+
+ for (index = 0, operator = &term->operatorData[0];
+ index < term->degree; index += 1, operator += 1) {
+
+ entry = &map->entry[operator->strategy - 1];
+
+ Assert(RegProcedureIsValid(entry->sk_procedure));
+
+ switch (operator->flags ^ entry->sk_flags) {
+ case 0x0:
+ tmpres = (long) FMGR_PTR2(entry->sk_func, entry->sk_procedure,
+ left, right);
+ break;
+
+ case SK_NEGATE:
+ tmpres = (long) !FMGR_PTR2(entry->sk_func, entry->sk_procedure,
+ left, right);
+ break;
+
+ case SK_COMMUTE:
+ tmpres = (long) FMGR_PTR2(entry->sk_func, entry->sk_procedure,
+ right, left);
+ break;
+
+ case SK_NEGATE | SK_COMMUTE:
+ tmpres = (long) !FMGR_PTR2(entry->sk_func, entry->sk_procedure,
+ right, left);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ elog(FATAL, "StrategyTermEvaluate: impossible case %d",
+ operator->flags ^ entry->sk_flags);
+ }
+
+ result = (bool) tmpres;
+ if (!result)
+ return result;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+/* ----------------
+ * RelationGetStrategy
+ * ----------------
+ */
+StrategyNumber
+RelationGetStrategy(Relation relation,
+ AttrNumber attributeNumber,
+ StrategyEvaluation evaluation,
+ RegProcedure procedure)
+{
+ StrategyNumber strategy;
+ StrategyMap strategyMap;
+ ScanKey entry;
+ Index index;
+ int numattrs;
+
+ Assert(RelationIsValid(relation));
+ numattrs = RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(relation);
+
+ Assert(relation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX); /* XXX use accessor */
+ Assert(AttributeNumberIsValid(attributeNumber));
+ Assert( (attributeNumber >= 1) && (attributeNumber < 1 + numattrs));
+
+ Assert(StrategyEvaluationIsValid(evaluation));
+ Assert(RegProcedureIsValid(procedure));
+
+ strategyMap =
+ IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(RelationGetIndexStrategy(relation),
+ evaluation->maxStrategy,
+ attributeNumber);
+
+ /* get a strategy number for the procedure ignoring flags for now */
+ for (index = 0; index < evaluation->maxStrategy; index += 1) {
+ if (strategyMap->entry[index].sk_procedure == procedure) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (index == evaluation->maxStrategy)
+ return InvalidStrategy;
+
+ strategy = 1 + index;
+ entry = StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(strategyMap, strategy);
+
+ Assert(!(entry->sk_flags & ~(SK_NEGATE | SK_COMMUTE)));
+
+ switch (entry->sk_flags & (SK_NEGATE | SK_COMMUTE)) {
+ case 0x0:
+ return strategy;
+
+ case SK_NEGATE:
+ strategy = evaluation->negateTransform->strategy[strategy - 1];
+ break;
+
+ case SK_COMMUTE:
+ strategy = evaluation->commuteTransform->strategy[strategy - 1];
+ break;
+
+ case SK_NEGATE | SK_COMMUTE:
+ strategy = evaluation->negateCommuteTransform->strategy[strategy - 1];
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ elog(FATAL, "RelationGetStrategy: impossible case %d", entry->sk_flags);
+ }
+
+
+ if (! StrategyNumberIsInBounds(strategy, evaluation->maxStrategy)) {
+ if (! StrategyNumberIsValid(strategy)) {
+ elog(WARN, "RelationGetStrategy: corrupted evaluation");
+ }
+ }
+
+ return strategy;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * RelationInvokeStrategy
+ * ----------------
+ */
+bool /* XXX someday, this may return Datum */
+RelationInvokeStrategy(Relation relation,
+ StrategyEvaluation evaluation,
+ AttrNumber attributeNumber,
+ StrategyNumber strategy,
+ Datum left,
+ Datum right)
+{
+ StrategyNumber newStrategy;
+ StrategyMap strategyMap;
+ ScanKey entry;
+ StrategyTermData termData;
+ int numattrs;
+
+ Assert(RelationIsValid(relation));
+ Assert(relation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX); /* XXX use accessor */
+ numattrs = RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(relation);
+
+ Assert(StrategyEvaluationIsValid(evaluation));
+ Assert(AttributeNumberIsValid(attributeNumber));
+ Assert( (attributeNumber >= 1) && (attributeNumber < 1 + numattrs));
+
+ Assert(StrategyNumberIsInBounds(strategy, evaluation->maxStrategy));
+
+ termData.degree = 1;
+
+ strategyMap =
+ IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(RelationGetIndexStrategy(relation),
+ evaluation->maxStrategy,
+ attributeNumber);
+
+ entry = StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(strategyMap, strategy);
+
+ if (RegProcedureIsValid(entry->sk_procedure)) {
+ termData.operatorData[0].strategy = strategy;
+ termData.operatorData[0].flags = 0x0;
+
+ return
+ StrategyTermEvaluate(&termData, strategyMap, left, right);
+ }
+
+
+ newStrategy = evaluation->negateTransform->strategy[strategy - 1];
+ if (newStrategy != strategy && StrategyNumberIsValid(newStrategy)) {
+
+ entry = StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(strategyMap, newStrategy);
+
+ if (RegProcedureIsValid(entry->sk_procedure)) {
+ termData.operatorData[0].strategy = newStrategy;
+ termData.operatorData[0].flags = SK_NEGATE;
+
+ return
+ StrategyTermEvaluate(&termData, strategyMap, left, right);
+ }
+ }
+
+ newStrategy = evaluation->commuteTransform->strategy[strategy - 1];
+ if (newStrategy != strategy && StrategyNumberIsValid(newStrategy)) {
+
+ entry = StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(strategyMap, newStrategy);
+
+ if (RegProcedureIsValid(entry->sk_procedure)) {
+ termData.operatorData[0].strategy = newStrategy;
+ termData.operatorData[0].flags = SK_COMMUTE;
+
+ return
+ StrategyTermEvaluate(&termData, strategyMap, left, right);
+ }
+ }
+
+ newStrategy = evaluation->negateCommuteTransform->strategy[strategy - 1];
+ if (newStrategy != strategy && StrategyNumberIsValid(newStrategy)) {
+
+ entry = StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(strategyMap, newStrategy);
+
+ if (RegProcedureIsValid(entry->sk_procedure)) {
+ termData.operatorData[0].strategy = newStrategy;
+ termData.operatorData[0].flags = SK_NEGATE | SK_COMMUTE;
+
+ return
+ StrategyTermEvaluate(&termData, strategyMap, left, right);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (PointerIsValid(evaluation->expression[strategy - 1])) {
+ StrategyTerm *termP;
+
+ termP = &evaluation->expression[strategy - 1]->term[0];
+ while (PointerIsValid(*termP)) {
+ Index index;
+
+ for (index = 0; index < (*termP)->degree; index += 1) {
+ entry = StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(strategyMap,
+ (*termP)->operatorData[index].strategy);
+
+ if (! RegProcedureIsValid(entry->sk_procedure)) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (index == (*termP)->degree) {
+ return
+ StrategyTermEvaluate(*termP, strategyMap, left, right);
+ }
+
+ termP += 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ elog(WARN, "RelationInvokeStrategy: cannot evaluate strategy %d",
+ strategy);
+
+ /* not reached, just to make compiler happy */
+ return FALSE;
+
+
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * OperatorRelationFillScanKeyEntry
+ * ----------------
+ */
+static void
+OperatorRelationFillScanKeyEntry(Relation operatorRelation,
+ Oid operatorObjectId,
+ ScanKey entry)
+{
+ HeapScanDesc scan;
+ ScanKeyData scanKeyData;
+ HeapTuple tuple;
+
+ ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&scanKeyData, 0,
+ ObjectIdAttributeNumber,
+ ObjectIdEqualRegProcedure,
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(operatorObjectId));
+
+ scan = heap_beginscan(operatorRelation, false, NowTimeQual,
+ 1, &scanKeyData);
+
+ tuple = heap_getnext(scan, false, (Buffer *)NULL);
+ if (! HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) {
+ elog(WARN, "OperatorObjectIdFillScanKeyEntry: unknown operator %lu",
+ (uint32) operatorObjectId);
+ }
+
+ entry->sk_flags = 0;
+ entry->sk_procedure =
+ ((OperatorTupleForm) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->oprcode;
+ fmgr_info(entry->sk_procedure, &entry->sk_func, &entry->sk_nargs);
+
+ if (! RegProcedureIsValid(entry->sk_procedure)) {
+ elog(WARN,
+ "OperatorObjectIdFillScanKeyEntry: no procedure for operator %lu",
+ (uint32) operatorObjectId);
+ }
+
+ heap_endscan(scan);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * IndexSupportInitialize --
+ * Initializes an index strategy and associated support procedures.
+ */
+void
+IndexSupportInitialize(IndexStrategy indexStrategy,
+ RegProcedure *indexSupport,
+ Oid indexObjectId,
+ Oid accessMethodObjectId,
+ StrategyNumber maxStrategyNumber,
+ StrategyNumber maxSupportNumber,
+ AttrNumber maxAttributeNumber)
+{
+ Relation relation;
+ Relation operatorRelation;
+ HeapScanDesc scan;
+ HeapTuple tuple;
+ ScanKeyData entry[2];
+ StrategyMap map;
+ AttrNumber attributeNumber;
+ int attributeIndex;
+ Oid operatorClassObjectId[ MaxIndexAttributeNumber ];
+
+ maxStrategyNumber = AMStrategies(maxStrategyNumber);
+
+ ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&entry[0], 0, Anum_pg_index_indexrelid,
+ ObjectIdEqualRegProcedure,
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(indexObjectId));
+
+ relation = heap_openr(IndexRelationName);
+ scan = heap_beginscan(relation, false, NowTimeQual, 1, entry);
+ tuple = heap_getnext(scan, 0, (Buffer *)NULL);
+ if (! HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
+ elog(WARN, "IndexSupportInitialize: corrupted catalogs");
+
+ /*
+ * XXX note that the following assumes the INDEX tuple is well formed and
+ * that the key[] and class[] are 0 terminated.
+ */
+ for (attributeIndex=0; attributeIndex<maxAttributeNumber; attributeIndex++)
+ {
+ IndexTupleForm iform;
+
+ iform = (IndexTupleForm) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
+
+ if (!OidIsValid(iform->indkey[attributeIndex])) {
+ if (attributeIndex == 0) {
+ elog(WARN, "IndexSupportInitialize: no pg_index tuple");
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ operatorClassObjectId[attributeIndex]
+ = iform->indclass[attributeIndex];
+ }
+
+ heap_endscan(scan);
+ heap_close(relation);
+
+ /* if support routines exist for this access method, load them */
+ if (maxSupportNumber > 0) {
+
+ ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&entry[0], 0, Anum_pg_amproc_amid,
+ ObjectIdEqualRegProcedure,
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(accessMethodObjectId));
+
+ ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&entry[1], 0, Anum_pg_amproc_amopclaid,
+ ObjectIdEqualRegProcedure, 0);
+
+/* relation = heap_openr(Name_pg_amproc); */
+ relation = heap_openr(AccessMethodProcedureRelationName);
+
+
+ for (attributeNumber = maxAttributeNumber; attributeNumber > 0;
+ attributeNumber--) {
+
+ int16 support;
+ Form_pg_amproc form;
+ RegProcedure *loc;
+
+ loc = &indexSupport[((attributeNumber - 1) * maxSupportNumber)];
+
+ for (support = maxSupportNumber; --support >= 0; ) {
+ loc[support] = InvalidOid;
+ }
+
+ entry[1].sk_argument =
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(operatorClassObjectId[attributeNumber - 1]);
+
+ scan = heap_beginscan(relation, false, NowTimeQual, 2, entry);
+
+ while (tuple = heap_getnext(scan, 0, (Buffer *)NULL),
+ HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) {
+
+ form = (Form_pg_amproc) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
+ loc[(form->amprocnum - 1)] = form->amproc;
+ }
+
+ heap_endscan(scan);
+ }
+ heap_close(relation);
+ }
+
+ ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&entry[0], 0,
+ Anum_pg_amop_amopid,
+ ObjectIdEqualRegProcedure,
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(accessMethodObjectId));
+
+ ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&entry[1], 0,
+ Anum_pg_amop_amopclaid,
+ ObjectIdEqualRegProcedure, 0);
+
+ relation = heap_openr(AccessMethodOperatorRelationName);
+ operatorRelation = heap_openr(OperatorRelationName);
+
+ for (attributeNumber = maxAttributeNumber; attributeNumber > 0;
+ attributeNumber--) {
+
+ StrategyNumber strategy;
+
+ entry[1].sk_argument =
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(operatorClassObjectId[attributeNumber - 1]);
+
+ map = IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(indexStrategy,
+ maxStrategyNumber,
+ attributeNumber);
+
+ for (strategy = 1; strategy <= maxStrategyNumber; strategy++)
+ ScanKeyEntrySetIllegal(StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(map, strategy));
+
+ scan = heap_beginscan(relation, false, NowTimeQual, 2, entry);
+
+ while (tuple = heap_getnext(scan, 0, (Buffer *)NULL),
+ HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) {
+ Form_pg_amop form;
+
+ form = (Form_pg_amop) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
+
+ OperatorRelationFillScanKeyEntry(operatorRelation,
+ form->amopopr,
+ StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(map, form->amopstrategy));
+ }
+
+ heap_endscan(scan);
+ }
+
+ heap_close(operatorRelation);
+ heap_close(relation);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ * IndexStrategyDisplay
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#ifdef ISTRATDEBUG
+int
+IndexStrategyDisplay(IndexStrategy indexStrategy,
+ StrategyNumber numberOfStrategies,
+ int numberOfAttributes)
+{
+ StrategyMap strategyMap;
+ AttrNumber attributeNumber;
+ StrategyNumber strategyNumber;
+
+ for (attributeNumber = 1; attributeNumber <= numberOfAttributes;
+ attributeNumber += 1) {
+
+ strategyMap = IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(indexStrategy,
+ numberOfStrategies,
+ attributeNumber);
+
+ for (strategyNumber = 1;
+ strategyNumber <= AMStrategies(numberOfStrategies);
+ strategyNumber += 1) {
+
+ printf(":att %d\t:str %d\t:opr 0x%x(%d)\n",
+ attributeNumber, strategyNumber,
+ strategyMap->entry[strategyNumber - 1].sk_procedure,
+ strategyMap->entry[strategyNumber - 1].sk_procedure);
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif /* defined(ISTRATDEBUG) */
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * iqual.h--
+ * Index scan key qualification definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef IQUAL_H
+#define IQUAL_H
+
+#include "c.h"
+
+#include "storage/itemid.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+
+/* ----------------
+ * index tuple qualification support
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+extern int NIndexTupleProcessed;
+
+extern bool index_keytest(IndexTuple tuple, TupleDesc tupdesc,
+ int scanKeySize, ScanKey key);
+
+#endif /* IQUAL_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * istrat.h--
+ * POSTGRES index strategy definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef ISTRAT_H
+#define ISTRAT_H
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "access/strat.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h" /* for Relation */
+
+/*
+ * StrategyNumberIsValid --
+ * True iff the strategy number is valid.
+ */
+#define StrategyNumberIsValid(strategyNumber) \
+ ((bool) ((strategyNumber) != InvalidStrategy))
+
+/*
+ * StrategyNumberIsInBounds --
+ * True iff strategy number is within given bounds.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * Assumes StrategyNumber is an unsigned type.
+ * Assumes the bounded interval to be (0,max].
+ */
+#define StrategyNumberIsInBounds(strategyNumber, maxStrategyNumber) \
+ ((bool)(InvalidStrategy < (strategyNumber) && \
+ (strategyNumber) <= (maxStrategyNumber)))
+
+/*
+ * StrategyMapIsValid --
+ * True iff the index strategy mapping is valid.
+ */
+#define StrategyMapIsValid(map) PointerIsValid(map)
+
+/*
+ * IndexStrategyIsValid --
+ * True iff the index strategy is valid.
+ */
+#define IndexStrategyIsValid(s) PointerIsValid(s)
+
+extern ScanKey StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(StrategyMap map,
+ StrategyNumber strategyNumber);
+extern StrategyMap IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(IndexStrategy indexStrategy,
+ StrategyNumber maxStrategyNum, AttrNumber attrNum);
+
+extern Size
+AttributeNumberGetIndexStrategySize(AttrNumber maxAttributeNumber,
+ StrategyNumber maxStrategyNumber);
+extern bool StrategyOperatorIsValid(StrategyOperator operator,
+ StrategyNumber maxStrategy);
+extern bool StrategyTermIsValid(StrategyTerm term,
+ StrategyNumber maxStrategy);
+extern bool StrategyExpressionIsValid(StrategyExpression expression,
+ StrategyNumber maxStrategy);
+extern bool StrategyEvaluationIsValid(StrategyEvaluation evaluation);
+extern StrategyNumber RelationGetStrategy(Relation relation,
+ AttrNumber attributeNumber, StrategyEvaluation evaluation,
+ RegProcedure procedure);
+extern bool RelationInvokeStrategy(Relation relation,
+ StrategyEvaluation evaluation, AttrNumber attributeNumber,
+ StrategyNumber strategy, Datum left, Datum right);
+extern void IndexSupportInitialize(IndexStrategy indexStrategy,
+ RegProcedure *indexSupport, Oid indexObjectId,
+ Oid accessMethodObjectId, StrategyNumber maxStrategyNumber,
+ StrategyNumber maxSupportNumber, AttrNumber maxAttributeNumber);
+
+
+#endif /* ISTRAT_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * itup.h--
+ * POSTGRES index tuple definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef ITUP_H
+#define ITUP_H
+
+#include "c.h"
+#include "access/ibit.h"
+#include "access/tupdesc.h" /* for TupleDesc */
+#include "storage/itemptr.h"
+
+#define MaxIndexAttributeNumber 7
+
projects / users / bernd / postgres.git / commitdiff